Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 420

VALIDATION GUIDE

Advance Design
Validation Guide

Version: 2016
Tests passed on: 17 June 2015
Number of tests: 606

INTRODUCTION
Before being officially released, each version of GRAITEC software, including
Advance Design, undergoes a series of validation tests. This validation is performed in
parallel and in addition to manual testing and beta testing, in order to obtain the
"operational version" status. This document contains a description of the automatic
tests, highlighting the theoretical background and the results we have obtained using
the current software release.
Usually, a test is made of a reference (independent from the specific software version
tested), a transformation (a calculation or a data processing scenario), a result (given
by the specific software version tested) and a difference usually measured in
percentage as a drift from a set of reference values. Depending on the cases, the
used reference is either a theoretical calculation done manually, a sample taken from
the technical literature, or the result of a previous version considered as good by
experience.
Starting with version 2012, Graitec Advance has made significant steps forward in term of
quality management by extending the scope and automating the testing process.
While in previous versions, the tests were always about the calculation results which
were compared to a reference set, starting with version 2012, tests have been
extended to user interface behavior, import/export procedures, etc.
The next major improvement is the capacity to pass the tests automatically. These
current tests have obviously been passed on the operational version, but they are
actually passed on a daily basis during the development process, which helps improve
the daily quality by solving potential issues, immediately after they have been
introduced in the code.
In the field of structural analysis and design, software users must keep in mind that the
results highly depend on the modeling (especially when dealing with finite elements)
and on the settings of the numerous assumptions and options available in the
software. A software package cannot replace engineers experience and analysis.
Despite all our efforts in term of quality management, we cannot guaranty the correct
behavior and the validity of the results issued by Advance Design in any situation.
With this validation guide, we are providing a set of concrete test cases showing the
behavior of Advance Design in various areas and various conditions. The tests cover
a wide field of expertise: modeling, climatic load generation according to Eurocode 1,
combinations management, meshing, finite element calculation, reinforced concrete
design according to Eurocode 2, steel member design according to Eurocode 3, steel
connection design according to Eurocode 3, timber member design according to
Eurocode 5, seismic analysis according to Eurocode 8, report generation, import /
export procedures and user interface behavior.
We hope that this guide will highly contribute to the knowledge and the confidence you
are placing in Advance Design.

Manuel LIEDOT
Chief Product Office

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Contents
13

STEEL DESIGN ....................................................................................................................... 9


13.1

Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623) ................................................................ 10

13.2

Generating the shape sheet by system (TTAD #11471) ............................................................................. 10

13.3

Verifying shape sheet on S275 beam (TTAD #11731) ................................................................................ 10

13.4

Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770) ......................... 10

13.5

Verifying the cross section optimization according to EC3 (TTAD #11516) ................................................ 10

13.6

Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522) ................................. 11

13.7

Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal beam (TTAD #11545) ........................................... 11

13.8

Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550) .................................................................. 11

13.9

EC3: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method .................................. 11

13.10

CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the roA roB method........................... 11

13.11

CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method ............................. 12

13.12

Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section ......................................................................... 12

13.13

EC3 Test 7: Class section classification and compression resistance for an IPE600 column ................... 13

13.14

Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles database (TTAD #11873). 19

13.15

EC3 Test 28: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on base and without any other restraint ... 20

13.16

EC3 Test 22: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam ................................................... 50

13.17 EC3 Test 23: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending moment, buckling, lateral
torsional buckling and bending and axial compression ......................................................................................... 56
13.18

EC3 Test 20: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column ................................................. 92

13.19 EC3 Test 13: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending and
shear efforts ......................................................................................................................................................... 100
13.20

EC3 test 10: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam ............ 107

13.21 EC3 test 11: Cross section classification and compression resistance verification of a rectangular hollow
section column ..................................................................................................................................................... 113
13.22 EC3 Test 25: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and with a
displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom ................................................................................................. 118
13.23

EC3 Test 19: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column...................................................... 152

13.24

EC3 Test 12: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section beam ......... 159

13.25 EC3 Test 27: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply supported with a displacement
restraint .............................................................................................................................................. 162
13.26

EC3 Test 26: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on the bottom ............................ 186

13.27

EC3 test 9: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up column .... 209

13.28

EC3 Test 21: Verifying the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H column ......................................... 216

13.29 EC3 Test 24: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and without
any other restraint ............................................................................................................................... 222
13.30 EC3 Test 29: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged on base and restrained on top for
the X, Y translation and Z rotation ........................................................................................................................ 248
13.31 EC3 Test 31: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial compression and bending
moment, both applied on top ................................................................................................................................ 289
6

13.32

EC3 Test 15: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending and axial efforts.......290

13.33 EC3 Test 33: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z axis .................................................................................297
13.34 EC3 Test 35: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the free end .........................................................297
13.35 EC3 Test 37: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with centric compression, punctual
lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the column .................................................................297
13.36 EC3 Test 30: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with centric compression and uniform
linear efforts by Y and Z axis ................................................................................................................................297
13.37 EC3 Test 34: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle .........................................................................298
13.38 EC3 Test 36: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load in the middle.....................................298
13.39 EC3 Test 14: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel ...........................................................................................................................................................299
13.40 EC3 Test 32: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression and uniform
linear efforts by Y and Z axis ................................................................................................................................305
13.41 EC3 Test 16: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to biaxial
bending ................................................................................................................................................................306
13.42 EC3 Test 18: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section element subjected to torsional
efforts 313
13.43 EC3 Test 39: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform linear
horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle .........................................................................313
13.44 EC3 Test 38: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with centric compression, punctual
horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the top .....................................................................313
13.45 EC3 Test 45: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made from different steel
materials ...............................................................................................................................................................314
13.46 EC3 Test 43: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam
considering the load applied on the lower flange ..................................................................................................318
13.47 EC3 Test 41: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam
considering the load applied on the lower flange ..................................................................................................318
13.48 EC3 test 8: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column subjected to bending and
axial load .............................................................................................................................................................319
13.49

EC3 Test 17: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to torsional efforts ........325

13.50 EC3 Test 44: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam
considering the load applied on the upper flange .................................................................................................326
13.51 EC3 Test 40: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle ...................................................332
13.52 EC3 Test 42: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam
considering the load applied on the upper flange .................................................................................................332
13.53

Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533) ..........................332

13.54

Changing the steel design template for a linear element (TTAD #12491) ...............................................332

13.55 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized calculation
(TTAD #12389) .....................................................................................................................................................332
13.56

EC3: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550)......................................................................333

13.57 EC3 fire verification: Verifying the work ratios after performing an optimization for steel profiles (TTAD
#11975) 333

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.58

EC3 test 4: Class section classification and bending moment verification of an IPE300 column ............ 334

13.59 EC3 Test 2: Class section classification and shear verification of an IPE300 beam subjected to linear
uniform loading ..................................................................................................................................................... 340
13.60

EC3 Test 6: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending verification of an IPE300 beam 347

13.61

EC3 Test 1: Class section classification and compression verification of an IPE300 column ................. 354

13.62 EC3 Test 5: Class section classification and combined axial force with bending moment verification of an
IPE300 column ..................................................................................................................................................... 360
13.63

14

EC3 Test 3: Class section classification, shear and bending moment verification of an IPE300 column 366

TIMBER DESIGN ................................................................................................................. 375


14.1

EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending ..................................................................... 376

14.2

EC5: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to fire for 60 minutes ............................. 380

14.3

EC5: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple bending ..................................... 383

14.4 EC5: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial
compression ......................................................................................................................................................... 388

14.5

EC5: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam .................................................................... 393

14.6

Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259).............................. 393

14.7

Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337) ...................................................................... 393

14.8

Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD #12445) ....................................................... 393

14.9

EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending ...................................................................... 394

14.10

EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression ................................ 398

14.11

EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces .................................................................... 403

14.12

EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces........................................................... 406

14.13

EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial tension ................................... 410

14.14

EC5: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force ................................................................... 415

13 Steel design

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.1 Verifying the calculation results for steel cables (TTAD #11623)
Test ID: 3560
Test status: Passed

13.1.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation for a steel model with cables (D4) and a static
nonlinear case. Generates the steel analysis report: data and results.

13.2 Generating the shape sheet by system (TTAD #11471)


Test ID: 3575
Test status: Passed

13.2.1 Description
Generates shape sheets by system, on a model with 2 systems.

13.3 Verifying shape sheet on S275 beam (TTAD #11731)


Test ID: 3434
Test status: Passed

13.3.1 Description
Performs the steel calculation for two horizontal bars and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars have cross sections from different catalogues (1016x305x487 UKB and UKB1016x305x487). They are
made of the same material (S275); each is subjected to a -500.00 kN linear horizontal dead load and has two rigid
supports at both ends.

13.4 Verifying results on square hollowed beam 275H according to thickness (TTAD #11770)
Test ID: 3406
Test status: Passed

13.4.1 Description
Performs the steel calculation for two vertical bars with different thicknesses and generates the shape sheets report.
The bars are made of the same material (S275 H - EN 10210-1), have rectangular hollow cross sections, but with
different thicknesses (R80*40/4.1 and R80*40/3.9). Each is subjected to a -150.00 kN vertical live load and has a
rigid support.

13.5 Verifying the cross section optimization according to EC3 (TTAD #11516)
Test ID: 3620
Test status: Passed

13.5.1 Description
Verifies the cross section optimization of a steel element, according to Eurocodes 3.
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the "Envelopes and shapes
optimization" report.
The steel bar has a IPE360 cross section, a rigid hinge support at one end and a rigid support with translation
restraints on X, Y and Z and rotation restraint on X. Two loads are applied: a punctual dead load of -1.00 kN on FZ
and a punctual live load of -40.00 kN on FZ.

10

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.6 Verifying the shape sheet results for the elements of a simple vault (TTAD #11522)
Test ID: 3612
Test status: Passed

13.6.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet results report.
The structure is a simple vault consisting of three steel elements (S235 material, IPEA240 cross section) with two
rigid fixed supports. The loads applied on the structure: self weight and a linear live load of -10.00kN on FZ.

13.7 Verifying the shape sheet results for a fixed horizontal beam (TTAD #11545)
Test ID: 3641
Test status: Passed

13.7.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a horizontal
steel element, verifies the cross section class.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support at one end and a rigid support with
translation restraints on Y and Z and rotation restraint on X at the other end. A linear live load of -10.00 kN on FX and
a punctual live load of 1000 kN on FX are applied.

13.8 Verifying the shape sheet results for a column (TTAD #11550)
Test ID: 3640
Test status: Passed

13.8.1 Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel calculation. Generates the shape sheet report for a vertical
steel element.
The steel element (S235 material, IPE300 cross section) has a rigid fixed support. A vertical live load of -200.00 kN is
applied.

13.9 EC3: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method
Test ID: 3819
Test status: Passed

13.9.1 Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method, according to Eurocodes 3.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.

13.10 CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the roA roB method
Test ID: 3814
Test status: Passed

13.10.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the roA roB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.
11

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.11 CM66: Verifying the buckling length for a steel portal frame, using the kA kB method
Test ID: 3813
Test status: Passed

13.11.1Description
Verifies the buckling length for a steel portal frame with one level, using the kA kB method, according to CM66.
Generates the "Buckling and lateral-torsional buckling lengths" report.

13.12 Verifying the buckling coefficient Xy on a class 2 section


Test ID: 4443
Test status: Passed

13.12.1Description
Performs the finite elements calculation and the steel elements calculation. Verifies the buckling coefficient Xy on a
class 2 section and generates the shape sheets report.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (I26*0.71+15*1.07 cross section and S275 material) with a rigid hinge
support at the base and a rigid support with translation restraints on X and Y and rotation restraint on Z, at the top. A
punctual live load is applied.

12

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.13 EC3 Test 7: Class section classification and compression resistance for an IPE600 column
Test ID: 5620
Test status: Passed

13.13.1Description
Verifies the classification and the compression resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.13.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.13.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
13

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at Z = 5.0: N = Fz = -100 000 N,


Internal: None.

13.13.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to a punctual compression load, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class.

14

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

The web class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table
5.2 - sheet 1:

c 600mm 19mm 2 24mm 2


=
= 42.83
t
12mm

235
= 1.0
fy

15

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

c
= 42.83 > 42 = 42
t
This means that the column web is Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class.

The top flange class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 2:

c (220mm 12mm 24mm 2) / 2


=
= 4.21
t
19mm

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 4.21 9 = 9
t
This means that the top column flange is Class 1. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 1.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.

16

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.13.2.3Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section


The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying in this case only
for the web of the IPE 600 cross-section.
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor and the
stress ratio, and the plate modified slenderness. They will be calculated considering only the cross-section web.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio()
Taking into account that the stress distribution on web is linear, the stress ratio becomes:

2
= 1.0
1

k = 4.0
The plate modified slenderness (p)
The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness is:

p =

(600mm 2 19mm 2 24mm ) / 12mm = 0.754


b/t
=
28.4 k
28.4 1.0 4.0

The reduction factor ()


Because p > 0.673, the reduction factor has the following formula:

p 0.055 (3 + )
1.0
2p

Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:

Aeff = A (1 ) b t w = 15600 (1 0.939) (600 2 19 2 24)12 = 15223.75mm 2


Compression resistance of the cross section
For Class 4 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula in order to calculate the compression
resistance of the cross-section:

N c , Rd =

Aeff f

M0

15223.75mm 2 235MPa
= 3577581N
1.0

Work ratio
Work ratio =

N
100000 N
100 =
100 = 2.79518%
N c , Rd
3577581N

17

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Fx

13.13.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fx

Compression resistance work ratio [%]

2.79518 %

13.13.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx

18

Result description
Compression resistance work ratio

Value
2.79495 %

Error
-0.0082 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.14 Verifying the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles
database (TTAD #11873)
Test ID: 4289
Test status: Passed

13.14.1Description
Verifies the steel shape optimization when using sections from Advance Steel Profiles database. Performs the finite
elements calculation and the steel elements calculation and generates the steel shapes report.
The structure consists of columns with UKC152x152x23 cross section, beams with UKB254x102x22 cross section
and roof beams with UKB127x76x13 cross section. Dead loads and live loads are applied on the structure.

19

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.15 EC3 Test 28: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column fixed on base and without any
other restraint
Test ID: 5720
Test status: Passed

13.15.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm center thickness; 10.7mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN compression axial force, 10 kNm bending moment over the X axis and 50 kNm
bending moment over the Y axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.15.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -328000 N, a 10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after
the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.15.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

20

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=--328000N N; My=50000Nm; Mx=10000Nm;


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Column length: L=5620mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

r = 0mm
Web thickness: t w = 7.10mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, Wy

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

= 80344.89mm 3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 123381.96mm3

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I z

Torsional moment of inertia: I t

Working inertial moment: I w

A = 4904.06mm 2
b = 150mm

t f = 10.70mm

Root radius:

hw = 260mm

= 445717.63mm3

= 501177.18mm3

I y = 57943291.64mm 4
= 6025866.46mm 4

= 149294.97mm 4

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

21

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained inrotation along Z
axis,

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm

22

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.15.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:


The web dimensions are 850x5mm.

inf
45.30Mpa
=
= 0.253 > 1
sup 179.06Mpa

23

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

238.6 45.3

= 48.175
x=

x
y
x+ y
238.6

224.36
=

=
=
238.6 179.06
45.30 179.06 45.30 + 179.06 224.36
= 190.73
y=

224.36

=
24

x
190.73
=
= 0.80 > 0.5
238.6 238.6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
=
fy

235
= 0.924
275

c 260mm 2 10.7 mm

=
= 33.61 c
396
396 0.924
=
= 38.93
t
7.1mm
= 33.6
t
13 1 13 0.8 1

= 0.924

therefore the beam

web is considered to be Class 1


-for beam flange:

150 7.1

c
c
2
=
= 6.68 = 6.68 9 0.924 = 8.316
t
10.7
t

= 0.924

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.

13.15.2.3Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:

25

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1 cross-sections:


A * fy

y =

N cr , y
A = 4904.06mm 2

Cross section area:

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

A f y

y =

N cr , y

= 57943291.64mm 4

210000 N / mm 2 57943291.64mm 4

(5620mm)

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.5956
3802327.95 N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.5956 0.2) + 0.5956 2 ] = 0.7446

y =

1
2

y + y y

y 1

= 0.839
0.7446 + 0.7446 2 0.5956 2
y = 0.839

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:


-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:

26

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

according to:

z =

1
2

z + z z

(6.49)

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


z =

A* f y
N cr , z

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:


Cross section area:

N cr , z =

A = 4904.06mm 2

E Iz
l fz

I z = 6025866.46mm 4

210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4

(5620mm )

= 395426.63 N = 395.43kN

27

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

A f y

z =

N cr , z

4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 1.847
395426.63 N

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.847 0.2) + 1.847 2 ] = 2.609

z =

1
2

z + z z

z 1

= 0.225
2.609 + 2.609 1.847
z = 0.225

13.15.2.4Lateral torsional buckling verification


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

-where:

C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

28

M y ,botom
M y ,top

0
= 0 C1 = 1.77
50

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 57943291.64mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I z


Torsional moment of inertia: I t
Working inertial moment: I w

= 6025866.46mm 4

= 149294.97mm 4

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Warping inertial moment (recalculated):
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

Iw =

I z (h t f

h cross section height; h

= 260mm

tf

t f = 10.7 mm

flange thickness;

6025866.46mm 4 (260mm 10.7mm )


= 93627638290mm 6
Iw =
4
2

-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column: L=5620mm

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
+
= 1.77

Iz E Iz
(5620mm)2

93627638290mm 6 (5620mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97 mm 4


+
= 1.77 395426.63N 214.58mm =
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
6025866.46mm 4
= 150184702.1Nmm = 15018kNm
2

LT =

W pl , y f y
M cr

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.958
150184702.1Nmm

Calculation of the

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


LT =

LT + LT LT

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

will be determined with formula:


(6.56)

The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:

h 260mm
=
= 1.733 2
b 150mm

29

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

= 0.49

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.958 0.2) + 0.958 ] = 1.145

LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.564 1
1.145 + 1.145 0.958

13.15.2.5Internal factor, k yy , calculation


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

30

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

`1
C yy

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

y = 0.839

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 328kN
N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

(previously calculated)

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , y
3802327.95 N
y =
=
= 0.985
N Ed
328000 N
1 0.839
1 y
3802327.95 N
N cr , y
1

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

31

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the 0 term:

W pl , y f y

0 =

M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2

W y = 501177.18mm3
The calculation the

M cr = C1

M cr 0

E Iz
L

will be calculated using

C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
+
= 1

Iz E Iz
(5620mm)2

93517065421.88mm 6 (5620mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97 mm 4


+
= 1 395426.63N 214.58mm =
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
6025866.46mm 4
= 84850646.27 Nmm = 84.85kNm
2

W pl , y f y

0 =

M cr

Calculation of the

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 1.274
84850646.27 Nmm

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,T =

1
I0

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

2 E I w
G I t +
Lcr ,T

The mass moment of inertia I 0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2 = I y + I z = 57943291.64mm 4 + 6025866.46mm 4 = 63969158.1mm 4


Torsional moment of inertia: I t
Working inertial moment: I w
- the buckling length,

= 149294.97mm 4

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Lcr ,T ,
Lcr ,T = 5.62m

N cr ,T

4904.06mm 2
=
63969158.1mm 4

2 210000 N / mm 2 93517065421.88mm 6
2
4

=
80800 N / mm 149294.97 mm +
(
)
mm

5620

= 1395246.607 N

N Ed = 328000 N
N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 1395246.607 N

32

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4

(5620mm)

= 395426.63 N = 395.43kN

(previously calculated)

C1=1 for the top part of the column


For the top part of the column:

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z
= 0.120


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

= 0.20 1 4

328000 N
328000 N

1
1
=
395426.63 N 1395246.607 N

Therefore:
For the top part of the column:

0 = 1.274

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

N
0 = 1.274 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed

The

N cr , z

= 0.120


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF



y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

1 + y aLT

Cmz = Cmz , 0

aLT
2
CmLT = Cmy

= 0.120
1 N Ed 1 N Ed


N cr , z N cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y ,Ed
N Ed

aLT = 1

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 445717.63mm3

50 106 Nmm 4904.06mm 2


=

= 1.677
328000 N
445717.63mm3

It
149294.97 mm 4
=1
= 0.997 1
57943291.64mm 4
Iy

33

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment in null at one end of the column, therefore:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=0

N Ed
N
= 0.79 0.36 0.33 Ed
N cr , y
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 328000 N
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 0.36 0.33

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

328000 N
= 0.780
3802327.95 N

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Equivalent uniform moment factor,

aLT

= 0.780 + (1 0.780)

1.677 1
= 0.904
1 + 1.677 1

CmLT , calculation

1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N

cr , z
cr ,T

997
0
.
= 2.256 CmLT = 2.256
= 0.9042
328000 N
328000 N

1
1

1395246
.
607
395426
.
63
N
N

CmLT 1

CmLT = Cmy

34

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1, Auxiliary terms:

2
1.6
W

1.6
2
2

Cmy max
Cmy max n pl bLT el , y
C yy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2

wy
wy

W pl , y

M y ,Ed

bLT = 0.5 aLT 0

LT M pl , y ,Rd

= 0.5 0.997 1.274 2


= 0.1534
wy =

n pl =

W pl , y
Wel , y

2
M y ,Ed
M z ,Ed
M z ,Ed
= 0.5 aLT 0

LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
M pl , z ,Rd

50000000 Nmm
10000000 Nmm

=
3
2
0.564 501177.18mm 275 N / mm 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2

501177.18mm 3
= 1.124 1.5
445717.63mm 3

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.243
=
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
M1
1

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;1.847 ) = 1.847

1.6
1.6

C yy = 1 + (1.124 1) 2
0.904 1.847
0.904 1.847 0.243 0.1534 = 0.857
1.124

1.124

35

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

C yy = 0.857

3
Wel , y 445717.63mm

=
= 0.889 C yy = 0.889
3
W pl , y 501177.18mm

C yy el , y
W pl , y

N cr , y =

E Iy

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

l fy

Therefore the

(previously calculated)

k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

N Ed
N cr , y

`1
= 0.904 2.256
C yy
1

0.985
1

= 2.47
328000 N
0.889
3802327.95 N

13.15.2.6Internal factor, k yz , calculation

k yz = Cmz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

1
wz
0.6
C yz
wy

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.691
N cr , z
395426.63 N

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , y
3802327.95 N
y =
=
= 0.985
N Ed
328000 N
1 0.839
1 y
3802327.95 N
N cr , y
1

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

= 395426.63 N = 395.43kN

(previously calculated)

(previously calculated)

max

mz
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14
n pl cLT
5
w
z

cLT = 10 aLT
aLT = 1

0 =
z =

36

5+ z

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

It
149294.97 mm 4
=1
= 0.997
57943291.64mm 4
Iy

W pl , y f y
M cr
A f y
N cr , z

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 1.274
84850646.27 Nmm

4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 1.847
395426.63 N

(previously calculated)

(previously calculated)

(previously calculated)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M y , Ed = 50000 Nm

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

LT =

y aLT
1 + y aLT

LT + LT LT

= 0.904

(previously calculated)

1
= 0.564 1
1.145 + 1.145 0.958

(previously calculated)

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm


2

cLT = 10 aLT

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

5+ z
50000000 Nmm
1.274

= 0.664
= 10 0.997
4
5 + 1.847 0.904 0.564 137823724.5 Nmm

max

mz
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14
n pl cLT
5
w
z

wz =

W pl , z
Wel , z

wz 1.5

N cr , z =

123381.96mm3
=
= 1.536 1.5
3
80344.89mm
wz = 1.5

E Iz

= 395426.63 N = 395.43kN

l fz

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

(previously calculated)

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.691
N cr , z
395426.63N

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;1.847 ) = 1.847

n pl =

N Ed
= 0.243
N Rk

(previously calculated)

M1

max

mz
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14
n pl cLT =
5
wz

0.6912 1.847 2
0.243 0.691 = 0.532
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 14
5
1.5

k yz = Cmz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

wz
1
0.985
1
1.5
0.6
= 0.691

0. 6
= 5.20
N
328000
C yz
wy
0.532
1.124
1
395426.63 N

37

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.15.2.7Internal factor, k zy , calculation

k zy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

wz
1
0.6
C zy
wy

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , z
395426.63 N
z =
=
= 0.210
328000 N
N Ed
1 0.225
1 z
395426.63 N
N cr , z
1

z = 0.225 (previously calculated)


2

Cmy max
wy Wel , y

C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14

n pl d LT 0.6
5
wy
wz W pl , y

M pl , z , Rd = Wz f z = 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm2 = 33930039 Nmm

d LT = 2 aLT

M y , Ed
Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd

M z , Ed
Cmz M pl , z , Rd

0.1 + z
1.274
50000000 Nmm
10000000 Nmm
= 2 0.997

=
4
0.1 + 1.847 0.904 0.564 137823724.5 Nmm 0.691 33930039 Nmm
= 0.771

2
max
Cmy

Czy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14
n pl d LT =
5
wy

2
2

0.904 1.847
0.243 0.771 = 0.310
= 1 + (1.124 1) 2 14
1.1245

0.6

wy
wz

Wel , y
W pl , y
wy

C zy 0.6

wz

C zy = 0.310
0.6

wy
wz

Wel , y
W pl , y

CmLT = 2.256
k zy = Cmy CmLT

38

= 0.6

1.124 445717.63mm3

= 0.462
1.5
501177.18mm3

W pl , y

C zy = 0.462

= 0.462

Wel , y

(previously calculated)

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

wy
1
0.6
= 0.904 2.256
C zy
wz
1

0.210
1
1.124

0.6
= 0.529
328000 N
0.462
1.5
3802327.95 N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.15.2.8Internal factor, k zz , calculation

k zz = Cmz

z
1

N Ed
N cr , z

1
C zz

1.6
1 .6
2
2
Cmz
max
Cmz
max n pl eLT el , z
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2
wz
wz

W pl , z

eLT = 1.7 aLT

0
4

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

0.1 + z
1.274
50000000 Nmm
= 1.7 0.997

= 0.131
4
0.1 + 1.847 0.904 0.564 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2

1.6
1.6
2
2
Cmz
max n pl eLT =
max
Cmz
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2
wz
wz

1.6
1.6

0.6912 1.847 2 0.243 0.131 = 0.926


0.6912 1.847
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2
1.5
1.5

k zz = Cmz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

1
0.210
1
= 0.919
= 0.691

328000
N
926
0
.
C zz
1
395426.63 N

13.15.2.9Bending and axial compression verification

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k yz z , Ed
+ k yy

N
M
M z , Rk
y Rk
LT y , Rk
M1
M1
M1

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k zz z , Ed
+ k zy

N Rk
M
M z , Rk
LT y , Rk
z
M1
M1
M1

N Rk = f y Ai

39

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

328000 N
50 106 Nmm
+
2
.
479

+
501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
0.839
0.564
1
1
6
10 10 Nmm
+ 5.20
= 0.29 + 1.59 + 1.53 = 3.41
123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
1
328000 N
50 106 Nmm
+ 0.529
+
4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0.225
0.564
1
1
6
10 10 Nmm
+ 0.919
= 1.08 + 0.34 + 0.27 = 1.69
123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
1
Finite elements modeling

40

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

41

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

42

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k zy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zy

Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zz

43

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy

44

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz

45

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz

46

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support
conditions; moment diagram allure
C1

The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation
Mcr

47

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness


The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

LT

48

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.15.2.10Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

0.839

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.225

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

2.47

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

5.20

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.529

k zz

Internal factor, k zy

0.919

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the


compression effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties;
support conditions; moment diagram allure
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation

0.29

LT

The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

0.564

Work ratio

Stability work ratio (bending and axial compression verification) [%]

341 %

SMyy
SMyz
SNz
SMzy
SMzz
C1
Mcr

1.59
1.53
1.08
0.34
0.27
1.77
150.18

13.15.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Y-Y axis

Value
0.839285
adim

Error
0.0340 %

Xz

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


after Z-Z axis

0.224656
adim

-0.1529 %

Kyy

Internal factor kyy

2.47232
adim

0.0939 %

Kyz

Internal factor kyz

5.20929
adim

0.1787 %

Kzy

Internal factor kzy

0.525982
adim

-0.5705 %

Kzz

Internal factor kzz

0.942941
adim

2.6051 %

Work ratio

Stability work ratio

341.352 %

0.0000 %

49

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.16 EC3 Test 22: Verifying the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam
Test ID: 5702
Test status: Passed

13.16.1Description
The test verifies the lateral torsional buckling of a IPE300 beam made of S235 steel.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3, French Annex.

13.16.2Background
Lateral torsional buckling verification for an unrestrained IPE300 beam subjected to axis bending efforts, made of
S235 steel. The beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to a uniform vertical load (10 000 N) applied
constantly on the entire length. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.16.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -10 000 N,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

50

Beam length: 5m
2
Cross section area: A=5310mm
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=8356.00x104mm4
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=603.80x10 mm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at the end point (z = 3.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Linear load From X=0.00m to X=5.00m: FZ = N = -10 000 N,


Internal: None.

13.16.2.2Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)


The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling moment resistance of the bended element (Mb,Rd) from the
designed value moment (MEd) produced by the linear force applied to the element (NEd). The design buckling
resistance of the compressed member, Nb,Rd, is calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.

M Ed
100 100%
M b , Rd

(6.46)

Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

for beam web:

c 248.6mm

=
= 35.014 c
7.1mm
t
= 35.014 72 = 72
t
=1

therefore the beam web is considered to be

Class 1

for beam flange:

c 56.45mm

=
= 5.276 c
t 10.7 mm
= 5.276 9 = 9
t

=1

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

51

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1


The buckling curve will be determined corresponding to Table 6.2:

h 300mm
=
= 2 2 the buckling curve about Y-Y will be considered a
b 150mm

The design buckling resistance moment against lateral-torsional buckling is calculated according the next formula:

M b , Rd =

LT W y f y
M1

(6.55)

Where:

LT reduction factor for lateral-torsional buckling:


LT =
Where:

1
2

LT + LT LT

(6.56)

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

LT

52

represents the imperfection factor;

LT = 0.21

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

LT the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding:


LT =

Wy f y
M cr

Mcr is the elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling, is based on gross cross sectional properties and takes
into account the loading conditions, the real moment distribution and the lateral restraints.

M cr = C1

2 E I z k z I w

(k z L )2

+
k w I z

(k z L )2 G I t + (C z )2 C z
2
g
2
g
2

E IZ

(1)

according to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 2


Where:
E is the Youngs module: E=210000N/mm

G is the share modulus: G=80770N/mm2


Iz is the inertia of bending about the minor axis Z: Iz=603.8 x104mm4
It is the torsional inertia: It=20.12x104mm4
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment): Iw=12.59x1010mm6
L is the beam length: L=5000mm
kz and kw are buckling coefficients
zg is the distance between the point of load application and the share center (which coincide with the center of
gravity)
C1 and C2 are coefficients depending on the load variation over the beam length
If the bending moment is linear along the bar, if there are no transversal loads or if the transverse load is applied to
the center, then C2xxg=0 and the Mcr formula become:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G I t
+
Iz E Iz

The C1 coefficient is chosen from the Table2 of the EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3 Chapter 3.3:

53

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M cr = 1.13

210000 N / mm 2 603.80 10 4 mm 4
(5000mm)

12.59 1010 mm 6 (5000mm) 80770 N / mm 2 20.12 10 4 mm 4


+
=
210000 N / mm 2 603.80 10 4 mm 4
603.80 10 4 mm 4
= 1.13 500578.44 N 230.80mm = 130609424.8 Nmm = 130.61kNm

therefore:

LT =

Wy f y
M cr

628.4 10 3 mm 3 235 N / mm 2
= 1.063
130609424.8 Nmm

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (1.063 0.2) + 1.0632 ] = 1.156

LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.621 1
1.156 + 1.156 1.063

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


The steel calculation results can be found in the Shape Sheet window. The Class tab shows the classification of the
cross section and the effective characteristics (not applicable in this case, as the cross section is class 1).

54

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Lateral torsional buckling coefficient


Simply supported beam subjected to bending efforts
Lateral torsional buckling coefficient

Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling


Simply supported beam subjected to bending efforts
Mcr

13.16.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

LT

Lateral-torsional buckling coefficient [adim.]

0.621

Mcr

Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling [kNm]

130.61

13.16.3Calculated results
Result name
XLT
Mcr

Result description
Lateral-torsional buckling coefficient
Elastic critical moment for lateral-torsional buckling

Value
0.621588
adim

Error
0.0947 %

130.699
kN*m

0.0681 %

55

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17 EC3 Test 23: Verifying a IPE400 column for compression, shear, bending moment, buckling,
lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
Test ID: 5703
Test status: Passed

13.17.1Description
The test verfies a IPE400 column, made of S275 steel, subjected to compression, shear, bending moment, buckling,
lateral torsional buckling and bending and axial compression
A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.17.2Background
Unrestrained IPE400 column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column is fixed at
its base and free on the top end. A lateral restraint is placed at 3m from the base. The column is subjected to an axial
compression load (-125000 N) applied and to a lateral load after the X global axis (28330N). Both loads are applied
on the top end of the column. The dead load will be neglected. The results will be compared with the ones obtained
by the CTIM n4-2006.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.17.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

56

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1x= 28330 N, Q1z= -125000 N


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Column length: L=9000mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

Root radius:

A = 8446mm 2
b = 180mm

t f = 13.5mm

r = 21mm
Web thickness: t w = 8.6mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, Wy

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

hw = 400mm

= 1156 103 mm3

= 1307 103 mm3

= 146.40 10 3 mm 3

57

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

= 229 103 mm3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x10 mm
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x104 mm4
6
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at the end point (z = 9.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: lateral (xoz) restraint at z=3m

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load From X=0.00m and Y=9.00m: FZ =-125000N and Fx=28330N

Internal: None.

58

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

CTICM model
The model is presented in the CTICM 2006-4-Resistance barre comprimee selon

59

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2
-for beam web:

c 331mm

=
= 38.49 c
t 8.6mm
= 38.49 72 = 72
t

=1

therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 1

-for beam flange:

c 67.47mm

=
= 4.50 c
t
13.5mm
= 4.50 9 = 9
t

=1

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1


According to CTICM document:
The cross section is considered to be Class 1. The column strength will be determined considering the plastic
characteristics of the cross-section. Below can be seen the CTICM conclusion, extracted from CTICM 2006-4:

60

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.3Compression verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design axial compression resistance of the element (Nc,Rd) from the
compression force applied to the element (NEd). The compressed resistance of the member, Nc,Rd, is calculated
according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.2.4.

N Ed
100 100%
N c ,Rd

(6.9)

The design resistance of the cross-section for uniform compression Nc,Rd is determined using the formula below:

N c , Rd =

A f y

(6.10)

M0

-where:
A is the section area:

A = 8446mm 2

f y is the yielding strength: f y = 275 N / mm 2

M0

is the partial safety factor:

N c , Rd =

A f y

M0

M0 =1

8446mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 2322650 N = 2322.65kN
1

N Ed = 125000 N

N Ed
125000 N
=
100 = 5.38% 100%
N c ,Rd 2322650 N
According to CTICM document:
The compression resistance of the column is

N c , Rd = 2324kN as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from

CTCIM 2006-4:

61

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.4Shear verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design shear resistance of the element (Vc,Rd) from the shear force applied to
the element (VEd). The shear resistance of the member, Vc,Rd, is calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005,
Chapter 6.2.6.

V Ed
100 100%
Vc , Rd

(6.17)

The design shear resistance of the element, Vc,Rd is determined using the formula below:

f
AV y
3
=

Vc , Rd

(6.18)

M0

-where:
AV is the shear area:

AV = A 2 b t f + (t w + 2 r ) t f hw t w
-where:
A is the cross section area:
b is the overall breadth:

b = 180mm

tf is the flange thickness:


r is the root radius:

A = 8446mm 2

t f = 13.5mm

r = 21mm

tw is the web thickness:

tw = 8.6mm

hw is the depth of the web:

hw = 400mm

=1
AV = A 2 b t f + (t w + 2 r ) t f =
= 8446mm 2 2 180mm 13.5mm + (8.6mm + 2 21mm ) 13.5mm = 4269.1mm 2

hw t w = 1 8.6mm 400mm = 3440mm 2


AV = 4269.1mm 2 3440mm 2

f y is the yielding strength: f y = 275 N / mm 2

M0

Vc , Rd

is the partial safety factor:

M0 =1

275 N / mm 2
fy
2

4269
.
1
mm
AV

3
3
=

= 677810.66 N

=
M0
1

VEd = 28330 N

V Ed
28330 N
100 =
100 = 0.04179 100 = 4.180% 100%
Vc , Rd
677810.66 N
62

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to CTICM document:


The shear resistance of the column is

V pl , z , Rd = 677.8kN

as it can be seen from conclusion extracted from CTCIM

2006-4:

13.17.2.5Bending moment verification


According to Advance Design calculations:
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design bending moment resistance of the element (Mpl,Rd) from the bending
moment effor applied to the element (MEd). The Bending moment resistance of the member, Mpl,Rd, is calculated
according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.2.5.

M Ed
100 100%
M pl , Rd

(6.12)

-the shear force does not exceed 50% of the shear plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the shear on
the composed bending;
-the axial compression force does not exceed 25% of the plastic resistance, therefore there is no influence of the
compression on the composed bending
The design bending moment resistance of the element, Mpl,Rd is determined using the formula below:

M pl , Rd =

w pl f y

(6.13)

M0

-where:
wpl is the plastic modulus:

wpl = 1307000mm3

f y is the yielding strength: f y = 275 N / mm 2

M0

is the partial safety factor:

M pl , Rd =

wpl f y

M0

M0 =1

1307000mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 359425000 Nmm
1

M Ed = 254970000 Nmm

M Ed
254970000 Nmm
100 =
100 = 0.70938 100 = 70.938% 100%
M pl , Rd
359425000 Nmm
According to CTICM document:
The bending moment resistance of the column is

M pl , y , Rd = 359.7 kNm as

it can be seen from the conclusion

extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

63

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.6Buckling verification
According to Advance Design calculations:
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.2:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:

= 0.21

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


A* fy

y =

N cr , y

Where: A is the cross section area; A=8446mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=275N/mm2 and Ncr is
the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

N cr , y =

y =

E Iy
L fz

A fy
N cr , y

210000MPa 23130 10 4 mm 4

(9000mm)2

= 5918472.77 N

8446mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.62645
5918472.77 N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (0.62645 0.2) + 0.626452 ] = 0.740997


y =

64

1
2

y + y y

1
0.740997 + 0.740997 2 0.626452

= 0.87968 1

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to CTICM document:


The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, y-y
axis, y is:

y = 0.8796

as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

b) over the strong axis of the section, z-z:


The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.2:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:

= 0.34

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


according to:
z =

1
2

z + z z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

(6.49)

65

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


A* fy

z =

N cr , z

2
2
Where: A is the cross section area; A=8446mm ; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=275N/mm and Ncr is
the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

Outside the frame, the calculation can be made with more than the safety of taking in account a buckling length equal
to the grater length of the two beam sections, 6m. A more accurate calculation is to perform a modal analysis of the
column buckling outside the frame. The first eigen mode of instability corresponds to an amplification factor equal to

critical cr

N cr , z =

z =

= 9.15 . The normal critical force can be directly calculated:

E Iz
l fy

A fy
N cr , z

210000 N / mm2 1318 104 mm4

(4890mm)

= 1142396.153N

8446mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 1.42588
1142396.153

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (1.42588 0.2 ) + 1.425882 ] = 1.72497

z =

1
2

z + z z

1
1.72497 + 1.72497 2 1.425882

= 0.37096 1

According to CTICM document:


The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for the strong section, z-z
axis, z is:

66

z = 0.3711 as it can be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.7Lateral torsional buckling verification


According to Advance Design calculations:
a) for the 3m part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

-where:

C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities:

C1 =

169.98kNm
= 0.66667
254.97 kNm

1
1
=
= 1.17932
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
0.325 + 0.423 0.66667 + 0.252 0.66667
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x104mm4
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x104 mm4
6
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm
Length of the column part: L=3000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

210000 N / mm 2 1318 104 mm 4


I w L G It
+
= 1.17932

Iz E Iz
(3000mm )2

49 1010 mm6 (3000mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 51.08 104 mm 4

+
= 1.17932 3035232.34 N 225.33396mm =
210000 N / mm 2 1318 104 mm 4
1318 104 mm 4
= 806585210.2 Nmm
2

Calculation of the non-dimensional slenderness factor,

LT :

LT =
Plastic modulus,

Wy f y
M cr

Wy = 1307 103 mm3

67

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

LT =

Wy f y
M cr

Calculation of the

LT =

1307 103 mm3 275 N / mm2


= 0.66754
806585210.2 Nmm

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


1

LT + LT LT

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2 ) + LT

will be determined with formula:

(6.56)

The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:

= 0.34

LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.66754 0.2) + 0.66754 ] = 0.80228


LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.80173 1
0.80228 + 0.80228 0.66754

According to CTICM document:


The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness,
be observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

68

LT

is:

LT = 0.7877

as it can

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the 6m part of the column:


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

-where:

C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities:

M cr = C1

=0

C1 = 1.77

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x104mm4


4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x10 mm
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.
4
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x10 mm
6
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x10 mm
Length of the column part: L=6000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

E Iz
L

I w L G It
210000 N / mm 2 1318 104 mm 4
+
= 1.77

Iz E Iz
6000 mm 2

49 1010 mm6
6000 mm 2 80800 N / mm 2 51.08 104 mm 4
+
= 1.77 758808.085 N 302.604mm =
1318 104 mm 4
210000 N / mm 2 1318 104 mm 4
= 406423987 Nmm

69

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the non-dimensional slenderness factor,

LT :
LT =

Plastic modulus,

LT =

M cr

Wy = 1307 103 mm3

Wy f y

1307 103 mm3 275 N / mm2


=
= 0.94040
406423987 Nmm

M cr

Calculation of the

LT =

Wy f y

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


1

LT + LT LT

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

will be determined with formula:

(6.56)

The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:

The imperfection factor will be chosen according to Table 6.1:

= 0.34

LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.94040 0.2) + 0.94040 ] = 1.06804


LT =

70

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.63518 1
1.06804 + 1.06804 0.94040

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to CTICM document:


The determined value for the coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness, LT is:
observed from the conclusion extracted from CTCIM 2006-4:

LT = 0.694

as it can be

13.17.2.8Bending and axial compression verification


According to Advance Design calculations:

M
+ M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Ed
N Ed
+ k yy y , Ed
+ k yz z , Ed
1
N
M y , Rd
M z , Rk
y Rk
LT

M1

M1

M1

(6.61)

M
+ M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Ed
N Ed
+ k zz z , Ed
1
+ k zy y , Ed
N Rk
M y , Rd
M z , Rk
z
LT

M1

M1

M1

(6.62)

The formulae can be simplified because:


There is no bending on the small inertia axis:
The section is considered to be a Class1:

M z , Ed = 0

M y , Rd = 0 and M z , Rd = 0

Therefore the formulae are:

M y , Ed
N Ed
+ k yy
1.00
N
M y , Rk
y Rk
LT

(6.61)

M y , Ed
N Ed
+ k zy
1.00
N Rk
M y , Rk
z
LT

(6.62)

M1

M1

M1

M1

71

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.9Internal factor, k yy , calculation:


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

1
C yy

Auxiliary terms:

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

Where:

y = 0.87968
N cr , y =

(previously calculated)

E Iy
l fy

210000 N / mm 2 23130 104 mm4

(9000mm)

125000 N
5918472.773 N
= 0.99741
y =
125000 N
1 0.87968
5918472.773
1

According to CTICM document:

72

= 5918472.773 N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:

0 = C1 LT
-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)


is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities: = 0

C1 = 1.77

73

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

LT =

Wy f y
M cr

1307 103 mm3 275 N / mm2


= 0.66754
806585210.2 Nmm

0 = C1 LT = C1 LT = 1.77 0.66754 = 0.88811


Calculation of the

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,T =

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

A
2 E I w
G It +
I0
Lcr ,T

The mass moment of inertia I 0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=23130.00x104mm4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=1318.00x104 mm4
Cross section area:

A = 8446mm 2

Distance between the section neutral axis and the section geometrical center: z g

=0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2 = I y + I z = 23130 104 mm 4 + 1318 104 mm 4 = 24448 104 mm 4


-for simplification, it will be considered the same buckling length,

Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.08x10 mm

Lcr ,T , for all the column parts:

Lcr ,T = 6m

Working inertial moment: Iw=490000x106mm6


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

8446mm 2
2 210000 N / mm 2 49 1010 mm6
2
4
4

=
80800
N
/
mm
51
.
08
10
mm

+
(6000mm )
24448 104 mm 4

= 2400423.788 N
N cr ,T =

N cr , TF = N cr , T = 2400423.788 N
N cr , z = 1142396.153N

(previously calculated)

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N N
cr , z
cr ,TF

= 0.25505

74

= 0.20 1.77 4

125000 N
125000 N

1
1
=
1142396.153 N 2400423.788 N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

N
0 = 0.88811 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed

The


1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF

C = C + (1 C ) y aLT
my , 0
my , 0
my
1 + y aLT

= 0.25505 Cmz = Cmz , 0

aLT
2
CmLT = Cmy

1 N Ed 1 N Ed

N N

cr , z
cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

M y , Ed
N Ed

1 + y aLT

A
Wel , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

y =

y aLT

= 1156 103 mm3

A
254.94 106 Nmm
8446mm2
=

= 14.90119
Wel , y
125000 N
1156 103 mm3

a LT

It
51.08 10 4 mm 4
= 1 = 1
= 0.99779
Iy
23130 10 4 mm 4

The

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=0

N Ed
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y = 5918472.773N

(previously calculated)

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33)

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

125000 N
= 0.78749
5918472.773N

y aLT
1 + y aLT

= 0.78749 + (1 0.78749)

14.90119 0.99779
= 0.95619
1 + 14.90119 0.99779

75

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to CTICM document:

The

CmLT coefficient takes into account the laterally restrained parts of the column. The CmLT coefficient must be calculated

individually for each of the column parts.

2
CmLT = Cmy

a LT

1 N Ed
N
cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,T

a) for the 3m part of the column:

y a LT
C my.3m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
y = 14.90119 (previously calculated)
a LT = 0.99779 (previously calculated)
The

76

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities:

169.98kNm
= 0.66667
254.97 kNm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y = 5918472.773N

(previously calculated)

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 0.66667 + 0.36 (0.66667 0.33)

125000 N
= 0.93256
5918472.773N

y a LT
14.90119 0.99779
C my ,3m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
= 0.93256 + (1 0.93256)
= 0.98609
1 + y a LT
1 + 14.90119 0.99779
N cr , z = 1142396.153N

(previously calculated)

N cr ,T = 2400423.788 N (previously calculated)

a LT = 0.99779 (previously calculated)


a LT

N
N

Ed
Ed
1

N 1 N

cr , z
cr ,T

0.99779
= 0.98609
= 1.05596 CmLT ,3m = 1.05596
125000 N
125000 N

1
1

1142396.153 N 2400423.788 N

CmLT ,3m 1

2
CmLT ,3m = Cmy
,3m

b) for the 6m part of the column:

y a LT
C my.6 m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
1 + y a LT
y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

A
Wel , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

a LT = 1
The

= 1156 103 mm3

8446mm 2
169.98 10 6 Nmm
A
= 9.9353
=

125000 N
Wel , y
1156 10 3 mm 3

It
51.08 10 4 mm 4
= 1
= 0.99779
Iy
23130 10 4 mm 4

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

77

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column part extremities:

=0

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y = 5918472.773N

(previously calculated)

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 0 + 0.36 (0 0.33)

125000 N
= 0.78749
5918472.773 N

y a LT
9.9353 0.99779
C my , 6 m = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
= 0.78749 + (1 0.78749)
= 0.94873
1 + y a LT
1 + 9.9353 0.99779
N cr , z = 1142396.153N

(previously calculated)

N cr ,T = 2400423.788 N (previously calculated)

a LT

N
N

Ed
Ed
1

N 1 N

cr , z
cr ,T

0.99779
= 0.94873
= 0.97746 C mLT , 6 m = 1
125000 N
125000 N

1
1

1142396.153 N 2400423.788 N

C mLT , 6 m 1

2
C mLT , 6 m = C my
,6 m

In conclusion:

C mLT ,3m = 1.05596


C mLT =
C mLT , 6 m = 1

78

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the Auxiliary terms: part:

1.6
Wel , y

1.6
2
2
C yy = 1 + ( w y 1) 2
C my
max
C my
2max n pl bLT

wy
wy

W pl , y

Where:

M y , Ed

M y , Ed
M z , Ed
= 0.5 aLT 20
0 = 0
M pl , Rd
LT M pl , y , Rd

bLT = 0.5 aLT 20

wy =

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

= 1156 103 mm3

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, W pl , y

= 1307 10 3 mm 3

wy =

n pl =

W pl , y
Wel , y

W pl , y
Wel , y

LT M pl , y , Rd

1.5

1307 103 mm3


=
= 1.13062 1.5
1156 103 mm3

N Ed
N Rk

M1

N Rk = N c , Rd =

n pl =

A fy

M0

8446mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 2322650 N
1

N Ed
125000 N
=
= 0.05382
N Rk 2322650 N
M1
1

79

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

max = max y ; z

y = 0.62645

z = 1.42504 (previously calculated)

max = max y ; z = max(0.62645;1.42504) = 1.42504

C my = 0.95619 (previously calculated)

(previously calculated)

1.6
1.6

C yy = 1 + (1.13062 1) 2
0.95619 1.42504
0.95619 1.42504 0.05382 0 =
1.13062

1.13062

= 0.98511
C yy = 0.98511

Wel , y
W pl , y

1156 10 3 mm 3
= 0.88447
1307 10 3 mm 3

In conclusion:

1
0.99741
1
= 1.04409

= 0.95619 1.05569

k yy `,3m = C my C mLT ,3m


125000 N
N Ed C yy
0
.
98511

1
1
5918472.773 N
N cr , y

k yy =
y
1
0.99741
1
k

= 0.98902
= 0.95619 1

yy , 6 m = C my C mLT , 6 m

125000 N
N Ed C yy
0.98511

5918472.773 N
N cr , y

According to CTICM 2006-4:

80

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.2.10Internal factor, k zy , calculation:


The internal factor k zy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:

k zy = C my C mLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

wy
1
0.6
C zy
wz

Auxiliary terms:

N Ed
N cr , z
z =
N
1 z Ed
N cr , z
1

Where:

z = 0.37096
N cr , z =

(previously calculated)

E Iz
l fy

210000 N / mm2 1318 104 mm4

(4890mm)

= 1142396.153N

125000 N
1142396.1533 N
= 0.92826
z =
125000 N
1 0.37096
1142396.153 N
1

According to CTICM document:

81

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

N
0 = 0.88811 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed


1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF

C = C + (1 C ) y aLT
my , 0
my , 0
my
1 + y aLT

= 0.208 Cmz = Cmz , 0

aLT
2
CmLT = Cmy

1 N Ed 1 N Ed

N N

cr , z
cr ,T

(previously calculated)

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

aLT = 1
The

82

A
254.94 106 Nmm
8446mm2
=

= 14.90119
Wel , y
125000 N
1156 103 mm3

It
51.08 104 mm 4
=1
= 0.99779 (previously calculated)
Iy
23130 104 mm 4

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

(previously calculated)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=0

N Ed
= 0.78749
N cr , y
(previously calculated)

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y a LT
1 + y a LT

= 0.95619
(previously calculated)

CmLT = Cmy

a LT

1 N Ed
N
cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,T

CmLT ,3m = 1.05596


=
CmLT , 6 m = 1

(previously calculated)

The

C zy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1 on the Auxiliary terms: part:

C 2 2
wy Wel , y

Czy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 my 5 max n pl d LT 0.6

wy
w
W pl , y

83

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

d LT = 2 aLT

wy =

wz =

W pl , y
Wel , y

W pl , z
Wel , z

0
0.1 +

4
z

M y , Ed
Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd

1307 103 mm3


= 1.13062 1.5
1156 103 mm3

M z , Ed
Cmz M pl , z , Rd

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 229 103 mm3

Wel , z

wz 1.5

n pl =

0.1 +

4
z

M y , Ed
Cmy LT M pl , y , Rd

0 = 0

1.5

= 146.40 10 3 mm 3

W pl , z

(previously calculated)

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

wz =

= 2 aLT

229 103 mm3


= 1.564
3
3
146.40 10 mm
wz = 1.5

N Ed
N Rk

M1
n pl =

N Ed
125000 N
=
= 0.05382
N Rk 2322650 N
M1
1

(previously calculated)

max = max y ; z = max(0.62645;1.42504) = 1.42504 (previously calculated)

0.986092 1.425042

C zy = 1 + (1.13062 1) 2 14
0
.
05382
0
= 0.90887

1.130625

0.6

wy
wz

Wel , y
W pl , y

= 0.6

1.13062 1156 103 mm3

= 0.46073
1.5
1307 103 mm3

C 2 2
wy Wel , y

= 0.46073
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14 my 5 max n pl d LT = 0.90887 0.6

wy
w
W

z
pl
,
y

In conclusion:

k zy = C my C mLT
= 0.56307

84

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

wy
1
0.6
= 0.98609 1.05569
C zy
wz
1

0.923830
1
1.13062

0.6
=
125000 N
0.90887
1.5

5918472.773N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

y
wy
1

0.6
=
k zy `,3m = C my C mLT ,3m
N
C zy
wz

1 Ed

N cr , z

0.99741
1
1.13062

0.6
= 0.52306
= 0.95619 1.05569
125000 N
0.90887
1.5
1

5918472.773 N
k zy =
y
wy
1

0.6
=
k zy , 6 m = C my C mLT , 6 m
N
C zy
wz
1 Ed

N cr , z

0.99741
1
1.13062
= 0.95619 1

0.6
= 0.50752

125000 N
0.98511
1.5
1

5918472.773 N

According to CTICM 2006-4:

The bending and axial compression verifications are:


-for the 3m column part:

M y ,Ed
N Ed
+ k yy
=
N
M y ,Rk
y Rk
LT

M1

M1

125000 N
254970000 Nmm
+ 1.04409
=
2322650 N
359425000 Nmm
0.87968
0.80173
1
1
= 0.06119 + 0.92383 = 0.98501 1
=

M y ,Ed
N Ed
+ k zy
=
N Rk
M y ,Rk
z
LT

M1

M1

125000 N
254970000 Nmm
+ 0.52306
=
2322650 N
359425000 Nmm
0.37096
0.80173
1
1
= 0.14508 + 0.46281 = 0.60789 1
=

85

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

-for the 6m column part:

M y ,Ed
N Ed
+ k yy
=
N
M y ,Rk
y Rk
LT

M1

M1

125000 N
168980000 Nmm
+ 0.98902
=
2322650 N
359425000 Nmm
0.87968
0.63518
1
1
= 0.06118 + 0.73204 = 0.79322 1
=

M y ,Ed
N Ed
+ k zy
=
N Rk
M y ,Rk
z
LT

M1

M1

125000 N
168980000 Nmm
+ 0.50752
=
2322650 N
359425000 Nmm
0.37096
0.63518
1
1
= 0.14508 + 0.37565 = 0.52073 1
=

According to CTICM 2006-4:

Finite elements modeling

86

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Ratio of the design normal force to design compresion resistance


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
Work ratio - Fx

Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
Work ratio - Fz

87

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top
Work ratio - oblique

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

88

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

89

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

13.17.2.11Reference results

90

Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fx

Ratio of the design normal force to design compression resistance

5.38

Work ratio - Fz

Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance

4.18

Work ratio - Oblique

Ratio of the design moment resistance to design bending resistance


one the principal axis

70.94

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

0.88

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.37

k yy

Internal factor, k yy for the 3m segment

1.04

k yy

Internal factor, k yy for the 6m segment

0.99

k zy

Internal factor, k zy for the 3m segment

0.52

k zy

Internal factor, k zy for the 6m segment

0.51

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.17.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx

Result description
Ratio of the design normal force to design compression
resistance

Value
5.38178 %

Work ratio - Fz

Ratio of the design share force to design share resistance

4.17973 %

-0.0065 %

Ratio of the design moment resistance to design bending


resistance one the principal axis

70.9383 %

-0.0024 %

Xy

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

0.879684
adim

-0.0359 %

Xz

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

0.370957
adim

0.2586 %

Kyy

Internal factor,kyy for the 3m segment

1.03159
adim

-0.8087 %

Kyy

Internal factor,kyy for the 6m segment

0.983324
adim

-0.6743 %

Kzy

Internal factor,kzy for the 3m segment

0.537037
adim

3.2763 %

Kzy

Internal factor,kzy for the 6m segment

0.511305
adim

0.2559 %

Work
ratio
Oblique

Error
0.0331 %

91

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.18 EC3 Test 20: Verifying the buckling resistance of a RC3020100 column
Test ID: 5700
Test status: Passed

13.18.1Description
The test verifies the buckling of a RC3020100 column made of S355 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.

13.18.2Background
Verification of buckling under compression efforts for a rectangular hollow, RC3020100 column made of S235 steel.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N)
applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.18.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -200 000 N,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

92

Cross section area: A=9490mm2


Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=11819x104mm4
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=6278x10 mm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are both imposed (10m)

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at Z = 5.0: FZ = N = -200 000 N,


Internal: None.

93

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.18.2.2Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)


The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (Nb,Rd) from the
compression force applied to the element (NEd). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, Nb,Rd, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.

N Ed
100 100%
N b , Rd

(6.46)

The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:

A fy
M1

N b , Rd =

(6.47)

Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Y-Y axis

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


according to:

1
+
2

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

(6.49)

the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


=

A* f y
N cr

Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=235N/mm2 and Ncr is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

N cr =

E Iz
L fy

A fy
N cr

210000MPa 11819 104 mm 4

(10000mm )2

= 2449625.943 N

9490mm2 235 N / mm2


= 0.954
2449625.943 N

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) +

It will be used the following buckling curve:

The imperfection factor

corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (0.954 0.2) + 0.9542 ] = 1.034


94

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

M1

+
2

1
1.034 + 1.0342 0.9542

is a safety coefficient,

N b , Rd

= 0.698 1

M1 = 1

0.698 9490mm2 235 N / mm2


=
= 1556644.7 N
1

N Ed = 200000 N

N Ed
200000 N
100 =
100 = 12.848%
N b , Rd
1556644.7 N
13.18.2.3Buckling in the weak inertia of the profile (along Z-Z)
The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (Nb,Rd) from the
compression force applied to the element (NEd). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, Nb,Rd, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.

N Ed
100 100%
N b , Rd

(6.46)

The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:

A fy
M1

N b , Rd =

(6.47)

Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Z-Z axis

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


according to:

1
+ 2

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

(6.49)

the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


=

A* f y
N cr

Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=235N/mm2 and Ncr is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

N cr =

E Iz
L fy

A fy
N cr

210000MPa 6278 104 mm 4

(10000mm )2

= 1301188.905 N

9490mm 2 235 N / mm 2
= 1.309
1301188.905 N

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) +

It will be used the following buckling curve:

95

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The imperfection factor

corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (1.309 0.2) + 1.3092 ] = 1.473


Therefore:

M1

+
2

1
1.473 + 1.4732 1.3092

is a safety coefficient,

N b , Rd =

M1 = 1

0.465 9490mm2 235 N / mm2


= 1037019.75 N
1

N Ed = 200000 N

N Ed
200000 N
100 =
100 = 19.286%
N b , Rd
1037019.75 N
Finite elements modeling

96

= 0.465 1

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis


Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis

97

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Work ratio (y-y)

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak inertia)
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Work ratio (z-z)

98

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.18.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y


axis

0.698

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z


axis

0.465

Work ratio (y-y)

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance


(strong inertia) [%]

12.85%

Work ratio (z-z)

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak


inertia) [%]

19.29%

13.18.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Y-Y axis

Value
0.697433
adim

Error
0.0000 %

Xz

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


after Z-Z axis

0.465226
adim

0.0000 %

SNy

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling


resistance in the strong inertia of the profile

0.128586
adim

0.0000 %

SNz

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling


resistance in the weak inertia of the profile

0.192767
adim

0.0000 %

99

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.19 EC3 Test 13: Verifying the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column subjected to
bending and shear efforts
Test ID: 5707
Test status: Passed

13.19.1Description
Verifies the resistance of a rectangular hollow section column (made of S235 steel) subjected to bending and shear
efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.19.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist shear and bending efforts.
Verification of the shear resistance at ultimate limit state, as well as the design resistance for bending, is realised.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (200 000 N). The dead
load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.19.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

100

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fx = 200 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 300 mm,


Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 9490 mm ,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 200 000 N,
Internal: None.

101

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.19.2.2Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be determined.
Shear area of the cross section
For a rectangular hollow section of uniform thickness the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from
EN 1993-1-1. As the load is parallel to depth, the shear area is:

Av =

A h 9490mm 2 300mm
= 5694mm 2
=
300mm + 200mm
b+h

Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section


EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the crosssection:

V pl , Rd =

Av

M0

3 =

5694mm 2
1.0

235MPa
3
= 772546.6 N

Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio =

V
V pl , Rd

100 =

200000
100 = 25.89%
772546.6

13.19.2.3Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending


Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to bending efforts, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

102

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.

103

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).

c b 2 r 2 t 200mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


=
=
= 15
t
t
10mm

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to
bending):

c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


=
=
= 25
t
t
10mm

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 25 72 = 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
Design resistance for bending
The design resistance for bending, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.13) from EN 1993-11:2001.

M c , Rd =

W pl , y f

M0

956000mm 3 235MPa
=
= 224660000 Nmm
1.0

Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:

Work ratio =

5000mm
L
200000 N
V
M Ed
2 100 =
2
100 = 222.56%
100 =
224660000 Nmm
M c , Rd
M c , Rd

Finite elements modeling

104

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design shear resistance
Column subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height
Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending


Column subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height
Work ratio Oblique

105

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.19.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance [%]

25.89 %

Work ratio - Oblique

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending [%]

222.56 %

13.19.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fz
Work
ratio
Oblique

106

Result description
Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance

Value
25.8793 %

Error
-0.0413 %

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending

222.559 %

-0.0004 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.20 EC3 test 10: Verifying the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam
Test ID: 5692
Test status: Passed

13.20.1Description
Verifies the classification and the bending resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The verification
is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.20.2Background
Classification and bending resistance verification of a welded built-up beam made of S355 steel. The beam is simply
supported and it is loaded by a uniformly distributed load (15 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.20.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = -15 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 630 mm,


Flange width: b = 500 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 18 mm,
Web thickness: tw = 8 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 22752 mm ,

107

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

108

External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -15 000 N/ml,
Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.20.2.2Cross-section classification
Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross-section class has to be determined.
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the beam is subjected to a uniformly distributed load; therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class of the
compressed flange (top flange). The picture below shows an extract from this table.

The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2 (above extract):

c (500mm 8mm) / 2
=
= 13.67
18mm
t

235
= 0.8136
fy

Therefore:

109

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

c
= 13.67 > 14 = 11.39
t
This means that the top flange is Class 4. Because the bottom flange is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table. The web part is subjected to bending stresses.

The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (above extract):

c 630mm 18mm 2
= 74.25
=
8mm
t

235
= 0.8136
fy

Therefore:

c
= 74.25 124 = 100.89
t
This means that the beam web is Class 3.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the beam section have Class 4 for top flange, Class 3 for web and Class 1 for
bottom flange; therefore the class section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 4.

13.20.2.3Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending


The design resistance for bending for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.15) from EN 1993-11:2001.
Before verifying this formula, it is necessary to determine the effective section modulus of the cross-section.
The effective section modulus of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying only to
parts in compression (top flange in this case).
The following parameters have to be determined in order to calculate the reduction factor: the buckling factor, the
stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio() - for flanges

110

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flange. The below picture presents an extract from this table.

Taking into account that the stress distribution on the top flange is linear, the stress ratio becomes:

2
= 1.0 k = 0.43
1

The plate modified slenderness (p)


The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness for top flange is:

p =

((500mm 8mm ) / 2) / 18mm = 0.902


c/t
=
28.4 k
28.4 0.8136 0.43

The reduction factor ()


The reduction factor for top flange is determined with relationship (4.3) from EN 1993-1-5. Because p > 0.748, the
reduction factor has the following formula:

p 0.188
1.0
2p

The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:

beff , f = c = 0.8776

(500mm 8mm) = 215.89mm


2

Effective section modulus


The effective section modulus is determined considering the following cross-section:

Top flange width: beff,t = beff,f + tw + beff,f = 439.78 mm;


Top flange thickness: tf = 18 mm;
Web and bottom flange have the same dimensions as the original section.

111

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Weff , y ,sup = 5204392.91mm 3


Weff , y ,inf = 5736064.4mm 3
Weff , y ,min = min (Weff , y ,sup ,Weff , y ,inf ) = 5204392.91mm 3
Design resistance for bending
For Class 4 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2001 provides (6.15) formula in order to calculate the design resistance for
bending:

M c , Rd =

Weff ,min f

M0

5204392.91mm 3 355MPa
= 1847559483Nmm
1.0

Work ratio

M
q L2 / 8
15 N / mm (5000mm ) / 8
100 =
100 =
100 = 2.54%
M c , Rd
M c , Rd
1847559483Nmm
2

Work ratio =

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending


Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load
Work ratio - Oblique

13.20.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Oblique

Design resistance for bending work ratio [%]

2.54 %

13.20.3Calculated results
Result name
Work
ratio
Oblique

112

Result description
Design resistance for bending work ratio

Value
2.53713 %

Error
-0.1130 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.21 EC3 test 11: Cross section classification and compression resistance verification of a
rectangular hollow section column
Test ID: 5705
Test status: Passed

13.21.1Description
Verifies the cross section classification and the compression resistance of a rectangular hollow section column.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.21.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts of a hot rolled rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library.
The column is fixed at its base and free on the top. It is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its
top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.21.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 300 mm,


Width: b = 200 mm,
113

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column length: L = 5000 mm,
Section area: A = 9490 mm2 ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

114

External: Point load at Z = 5.0:


N = Fz = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.21.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to a punctual compression load, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table. The entire cross-section is subjected to
compression stresses.

The cross-section class can be determined by considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, and it is calculated for the most defavourable compressed part:

c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


=
=
= 25
10mm
t
t

115

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 25 33 = 33
t
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.

13.21.2.3Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section


The compression resistance for Class 1 cross-section is determined with formula (6.10) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Compression resistance of the cross section
For Class 1 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula in order to calculate the compression
resistance of the cross-section:

N c , Rd =

A f

M0

9490mm 2 235MPa
= 2230150 N
1.0

Work ratio
Work ratio =

100000 N
N
100 =
100 = 4.48%
2230150 N
N c , Rd

Finite elements modeling

116

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Fx

13.21.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fx

Compression resistance work ratio [%]

4.48 %

13.21.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx

Result description
Compression resistance work ratio

Value
4.484 %

Error
0.0893 %

117

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22 EC3 Test 25: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and with a
displacement restraint at 2.81m from the bottom
Test ID: 5712
Test status: Passed

13.22.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to a -328kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has a restraint of displacement at 2.81m from the bottom over the weak axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.22.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and at his top the end is translation is
permitted only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is
subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and a1274000Nm
bending moment after the Y axis.
The column has lateral restraints against torsional buckling placed in at 2.81m from the column end (in the middle).
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

118

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-328000N N, Mx= 127400Nm; My=1274000Nm


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Column length: L=5620mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

r = 0mm
Web thickness: t w = 5mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, W y

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

= 242.08 103 mm 3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 368.31 103 mm 3

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=149058.04x104mm4


4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2662.89x10 mm
4
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.46x10 mm
6
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=4979437.37x10 mm

A = 10850mm 2
b = 220mm

t f = 15mm

Root radius:

hw = 880mm

= 3387.66 103 mm 3

= 3757.62 103 mm 3

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

119

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.

Inner:
Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (z=2.81).

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm

120

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:


The web dimensions are 850x5mm.

= 2
1

N Ed
0.328
1 = 2
1 = 0.78 > 1
A fy
0.0109 275
N

0.328

Ed
= 1 +
= 1 +
= 0.64 > 0.5
f y t d 2 275 0.85 0.005
2

121

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
=
fy

235
= 0.924
275

c 880mm 2 15mm

= 170 c
=
42 0.924
42
= 94.06
=
5mm
t
= 170 >
78
)
33
(
0
.
0
.
33
0
.
67
0
.
0
.
67
+

= 924
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4
- for beam flange:

c 107.5

=
= 7.61
c
t
15
= 7.61 9 0.924 = 8.316
t

= 924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4.

122

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22.2.3Effective cross-sections of Class4 cross-sections


- the section is composed from Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges, therefore will start the web
calculation:
- in order to simplify the calculations the web will be considered compressed only

c 880mm 2 15mm
=
= 170 :
t
5mm

= 1 k = 4
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1

bw
t
p =
28.4 k
bw

is the width of the web;

bw = 850mm

t is the web thickness; t=5mm

235
235
=
= 0.9244
fy
275

850mm
5mm
= 3.261
p =
28.4 0.9244 4
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:

p = 3.261 > 0.673


3 + = 4 0

p 0.055 (3 + ) 3.261 0.055 4


p

3.2612

= 0.286

beff = bw beff = 0.286 850mm = 243.1mm



be1 = 0.5 beff be1 = 0.5 243.1mm = 121.55mm

be 2 = 0.5 beff be 2 = 0.5 243.1mm = 121.55mm

Aeff ,web = t w be1 + t w be 2 = 5mm 121.55mm + 5mm 121.55mm = 1215.5mm 2


Aeff , flange = t f b f = 15mm 220mm = 3300mm 2
Aeff = Aeff , web + 2 Aeff , flange = 1215.5mm 2 + 2 3300mm 2 = 7815.2mm 2

123

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22.2.4Effective elastic section modulus of Class4 cross-sections


- In order to simplify the calculation the section will be considered in pure bending

inf
850mm
= 1 bc = bt =
= 425mm
sup
2

= 1 k = 23.9
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1

c 880mm 2 15mm
=
= 170
t
5mm

bw
t
p =
28.4 k
bw

is the width of the web;

bw = 850mm

t is the web thickness; t=5mm

235
235
=
= 0.9244
fy
275

850mm
5mm
= 1.325
p =
28.4 0.9244 23.9
According to EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4

p = 1.325 > 0.673


3 + = 2 0
beff = bc =
be1 = 0.4 beff
be 2 = 0.6 beff

124

p 0.055 (3 + ) 1.325 0.055 2


p

1.325 2

bw
850mm
beff = 0.692
= 294.1mm

1 ( 1)
1

be1 = 0.4 294.1mm = 117.64mm
b = 0.6 294.1mm = 176.46mm
e2

= 0.692

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

-the weight center coordinate is:

yG =
=

(220 15) 432.5 + (117.64 5) 366.18 (220 15) 432.5 (601.46 5)124.27 =
220 15 + 117.64 5 + 601.46 5 + 220 15

158330.095
= 15.53mm
10195.5

-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:

15 3 220
117.64 3 5
+ 220 15 448.03 2 +
+ 117.64 5 381.712 +
12
12
601.46 3 5
15 3 220
+
+ 601.46 5 107.74 2 +
+ 220 15 416.97 2 =
12
12
= 748854356.6 + 699380072.5 = 1448234429mm 4
Iy =

220 3 15
53 117.64
+ 220 15 0 2 +
+ 117.64 5 0 2 +
12
12
3
5 601.46
220 3 15
2
+
+ 601.46 5 0 +
+ 220 15 0 2 = 26627490.63mm 4
12
12
Iz =

Wel , y =
Wel , z =

Iy
z max

1448234429mm 4
= 3179229.533mm 3
455.53mm

Iz
26627490.63mm 4
=
= 242068.10mm 3
y max
110mm

125

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22.2.5Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.34

126

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 4 cross-sections:


Aeff * f y

y =

N cr , y

Where:

A is the effective cross section area;


2

Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ;

fy is the yielding strength of the material;

fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

Aeff f y

y =

N cr , y

210000 N / mm 2 1448234429mm 4

(5620mm)

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37kN

7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.15
95035371.44 N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.15 0.2) + 0.15 2 ] = 0.503

y =

1
2

y + y y

y 1

= 1.017
0.503 + 0.503 0.15
y =1

127

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:


- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

according to:

z =

1
2

z + z z

(6.49)

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


z =
Where:

Aeff * f y
N cr , z
A is the effective cross section area;
2

Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ;

fy is the yielding strength of the material;

fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:

l fz = 2.81m
128

because of the torsional buckling restraint from the middle of the column

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

Aeff f y

z =

(2810mm )

= 6989347.62 N = 6989.35kN

7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.555
6989347.62 N

N cr , z

210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.555 0.2) + 0.555 2 ] = 0.741

z =

1
2

z + z z

z 1

= 0.812
0.741 + 0.741 0.555
z = 0.812

13.22.2.6Lateral-torsional buckling verification


a) for the top part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities:

637 kNm
= 0.50
1274kNm

129

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

637 kNm
= 0.5 C1 = 1.31
1274kNm
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 1448234429mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 26627490.63mm 4

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm2.


Torsional moment of inertia: It=514614.75mm4
Warping inertial moment:
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

I z (h t f

Iw =

h cross section height; h=880mm

tf

flange thickness;

Iw =

t f = 15mm

26627490.63 mm 4 (880mm 15mm )


= 49.808 1011 mm 6
4
2

According to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column part: L=2810mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm2

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4

+
= 1.31

Iz E Iz
(2810mm )2

49.808 1011 mm 6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4

+
= 1.31 6989347.626 N 439.32mm =
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 4022433856 Nmm = 4022.43kNm
Iy
1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y =
=
= 3179229.533mm 3
z max
455.53mm
2

LT =

Weff , y f y
M cr

Calculation of the

LT =

3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.466
4022433856 Nmm

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


1

LT + LT LT

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

(6.56)

The cross section buckling curve will be chosen according to Table 6.4:

h 880mm
=
=4>2
b 220mm

130

will be determined with formula:

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

= 0.76

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5[1 + 0.76 (0.466 0.2 ) + 0.466 ] = 0.710

LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.803 1
0.710 + 0.710 0.466

b) for the bottom part of the column:


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends on several parameters, such as: section properties; support conditions; moment
diagram allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

131

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities:

0
=0
637 kNm

= 0 C1 = 1.77
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 1448234429mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 26627490.63mm 4

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm2.


Torsional moment of inertia: It=514614.75mm4
Warping inertial moment:
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

Iw =

I z (h t f

h cross section height; h=880mm

tf

flange thickness;

Iw =

t f = 15mm

26627490.63 mm 4 (880mm 15mm )


= 49.808 1011 mm 6
4
2

According to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column part: L=2810mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm2

132

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4

= 1.77
+
Iz E Iz
(2810mm )2

49.808 1011 mm 6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4


= 1.77 6989347.626 N 439.32mm =
+
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 5434891269 Nmm = 5434.89kNm
2

The elastic modulus : Wel , y

LT =

Weff , y f y

Calculation of the

LT =

Iy
z max

1448234429mm 4
= 3179229.533mm 3
455.53mm

3179229.533mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.401
5434891269 Nmm

M cr

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


1

LT + LT LT

will be determined with the formula:

(6.56)

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:

h 880mm
=
=4>2
b 220mm

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

= 0.76

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5[1 + 0.76 (0.401 0.2 ) + 0.401 ] = 0.657

LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.849 1
0.657 + 0.657 0.401

13.22.2.7Internal factor, k yy , calculation


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

133

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

a) for the top part of the column:

k yy = C my C mLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

y =1

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 328kN
N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , y
95035371.44 N = 1
y =
=
N Ed
328000 N
1 1
1 y
95035371.44 N
N cr , y
1

134

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:

0 =

Weff , y f y
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2

Wel , y =

Iy
z max

1448234429mm
= 3179229.533mm 3
455.53mm

The calculation the

M cr 0 = C1

M cr 0

will be calculated using

E Iz
L

C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4

+
= 1

Iz E Iz
(2810mm )2

49.808 1011 mm 6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4

+
= 1 6989347.626 N 439.32mm =
26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4
= 3070560199 Nmm = 3070.56kNm
2

0 =

Weff , y f y
M cr 0

3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.534
3070560199 Nmm

135

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
- for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,T =

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

A
2 E I w
G It +
I0
Lcr ,T

The mass moment of inertia I 0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 1490580416.67mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 26628854.17mm 4

Cross section area:

A = 10850mm 2

Distance between the section neutral axis and the section geometrical center: z g

=0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2 = I y + I z = 1490580416.67mm 4 + 26628854.17mm 4 = 1517209270mm 4


- the buckling length,

Lcr ,T ,

Lcr ,T = 2.81m
Torsional moment of inertia:
Working inertial moment:

I t = 514614.75mm 4

I w = 49.808 1011 mm 6

(previously calculated)

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa


Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

N cr ,T =

10850mm 2
1517209270mm 4

2 210000 N / mm 2 49.808 1011 mm 6


=
80800 N / mm 2 514614.75mm 4 +
(2810mm )

= 9646886.24 N
N Ed = 328000 N
N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 9646886.24 N

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

= 6989347.62 N = 6989.35kN

(previously calculated)

C1=1.31 for the top part of the column


C1=1.77 for the bottom part of the column
For the top part of the column:

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z

= 0.224

136


1 N Ed

N cr ,TF

= 0.20 1.31 4 1 328000 N 1 328000 N =

6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:
For the top part of the column:

0 = 0.534

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

N
0 = 0.534 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed

The

N cr , z

= 0.224


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF



y a LT
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

1 + y a LT

C mz = C mz , 0

a LT
2
C mLT = C my

= 0.224
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N

cr , z
cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

a LT = 1
The

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 3179229.533mm 3

1274 10 6 Nmm
7815.2mm 2
=

= 9.55
328000 N
3179229.533mm 3

It
514614.75mm 4
= 1
= 0.9996 1
Iy
1448234429mm 4

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=0

N Ed
N cr , y

137

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33)

C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

y a LT

= 0.79 + (1 0.79)

1 + y a LT

Equivalent uniform moment factor,


-

328000 N
= 0.79
95035371.44 N

9.55 1
= 0.949
1 + 9.55 1

CmLT , calculation

CmLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint

CmLT = Cmy

-the

C my

a LT

1 N Ed

N cr ,T

1 N Ed

N cr , z

CmLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)

term used for

-this being the case, the

C my

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

will be calculated using

y a LT
1 + y a LT

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

Aeff
Weff , y

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33)
= 0.895
N cr , y
95035371.44 N

1274 10 6 Nmm
7815.2mm 2
=

= 9.55
328000 N
3179229.533mm 3

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )


2

C mLT = C my

= 0.5 :

y a LT
1 + y a LT

a LT

1 N Ed

N cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,T

= 0.895 + (1 0.895)

= 0.974 2

0.328 0.328

1
1
6.9897 9.644

k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:

k yy = C my C mLT

138

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

= 0.949 1

9.55 1
= 0.974
1 + 9.55 1

C mLT 1
Therefore the

(previously calculated)

1
= 0.952
328000 N
1
95035371.44 N

= 0.989

C mLT = 1

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k yy = C my C mLT

0 =

y
1

Weff , y f y
M cr 0

N Ed
N cr , y

3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
=
= 0.534
3070560199 Nmm

For the bottom part of the column:

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z
= 0.260


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

= 0.20 1.77 4

328000 N
328000 N

1
1
=
6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N

139

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:
For the bottom part of the column:

0 = 0.534

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

= 0.260

N
N
0 = 0.534 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
N

The

cr , z

cr ,TF



y a LT
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

1 + y a LT

C mz = C mz , 0

a LT
2
C mLT = C my

= 0.260
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N

cr , z
cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

a LT = 1

The

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 3179229.533mm 3

1274 10 6 Nmm
7815.2mm 2

= 9.55
328000 N
3179229.533mm 3

It
514614.75mm 4
= 1
= 0.9996 1
Iy
1448234429mm 4

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore:

140

M Ed ,inf
M Ed ,sup

0
=0
1274kNm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33)

C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

y a LT
1 + y a LT

Equivalent uniform moment factor,


-

328000 N
= 0.79
95035371.44 N

= 0.79 + (1 0.79)

9.55 1
= 0.949
1 + 9.55 1

CmLT , calculation

CmLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint

CmLT = Cmy

-the

C my

a LT

1 N Ed

N cr , z


1 N Ed

N cr ,T

CmLT calculation, must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column part)

term used for

-this being the case, the

C my

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

will be calculated using

y a LT
1 + y a LT

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

Aeff
Weff , y

y a LT
1 + y a LT

a LT

1 N Ed
N
cr , z


1 N Ed

N cr ,T

C mLT 1
k yy = C my C mLT

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.895
= 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33)
95035371.44 N
N cr , y

7815.2mm 2
637 10 6 Nmm

= 4.77
328000 N
3179229.533mm 3

C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
2

C mLT = C my

= 0.5 :

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

= 0.949 1

= 0.895 + (1 0.895)

= 0.967 2

4.77 1
= 0.967
1 + 4.77 1

= 0.974
328000 N
328000 N

1
1

C mLT = 1
6989347.62 N 9646886.24 N

1
= 0.952
328000 N
1
95035371.44 N

141

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.

13.22.2.8Internal factor, k yz , calculation


a) for the top part of the column:

k yz = C mz

The

Cmz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

term must be calculated for the hole column length

C mz = C mz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)


k yz = C mz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

= 0.784

M
0
= Ed ,inf =
= 0

M Ed ,sup 1274kNm

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.784
N cr , z
6989347.62 N

1
= 0.823
328000 N
1
6989347.62 N

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k yz = C mz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

= 0.784

1
= 0.823
328000 N
1
6989347.62 N

Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.

13.22.2.9Internal factor, k zy , calculation


a) for the top part of the column:

k zy = C my C mLT

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , z
6989347.62 N
z =
=
= 0.991
N Ed
328000 N
1 0.812
1 z
6989347.62 N
N cr , z
1

k zy = C my C mLT

142

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

= 0.949 1

0.991
= 0.944
328000 N
1
95035371.44 N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k zy = C my C mLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

= 0.949 1

0.991
= 0.944
328000 N
1
95035371.44 N

Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.

13.22.2.10Internal factor, k zz , calculation


a) for the top part of the column:

k zz = C mz

N Ed
N cr , z

= 0.784

0.991
= 0.815
328000 N
1
6989347.62 N

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k zz = C mz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

= 0.784

0.991
= 0.815
328000 N
1
6989347.62 N

Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.

13.22.2.11Bending and axial compression verification

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k yz z , Ed
+ k yy

N
M
M z , Rk
y Rk
LT y , Rk
M1
M1
M1

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k zz z , Ed
+ k zy

N Rk
M
M z , Rk
LT y , Rk
z
M1
M1
M1

N Rk = f y Ai

143

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

a) for the top part of the column:

328000 N
1274 10 6 Nmm
+ 0.952
+
7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
0.803
1
1
6
127.4 10 Nmm
+ 0.823
= 0.15 + 1.73 + 1.58 = 3.46
242068.10mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
328000 N
1274 10 6 Nmm
+
0
.
944

+
3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
0.803
0.812
1
1
6
127.4 10 Nmm
+ 0.815
= 0.19 + 1.71 + 1.56 = 3.56
242068.10mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
b) for the bottom part of the column:

328000 N
1274 10 6 Nmm
0
.
952
+
+

3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
0.803
0.812
1
1
6
127.4 10 Nmm
= 0.19 + 1.73 + 1.58 = 3.46
+ 0.823
242068.10mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
1274 10 6 Nmm
328000 N
0
.
944
+

+
3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
0.803
0.812
1
1
6
127.4 10 Nmm
= 0.19 + 1.71 + 1.56 = 3.56
+ 0.815
242068.10mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
Note:
The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most solicited segment.
Finite elements modeling

144

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

145

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

146

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k zy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zy

Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zz

147

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy

148

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz

149

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz

150

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.22.2.12Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.81

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

0.95

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

0.82

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.94

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.82

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the


compression effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis

0.15

SMyy
SMyz
SNz
SMzy
SMzz

1.72
1.58
0.19
1.71
1.56

13.22.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

Value
1 adim

Error
0.0000 %

Xz

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

0.811841
adim

0.2273 %

Kyy

Internal factor, kyy

0.950358
adim

0.0377 %

Kyz

Internal factor, kyz

0.823048
adim

0.3717 %

Kzy

Internal factor, kzy

0.941635
adim

0.1739 %

Kzz

Internal factor, kzz

0.815493
adim

-0.5496 %

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the Y axis

term

0.152455
adim

1.6367 %

SMyy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis

term

1.72357
adim

0.2076 %

SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis

term

1.57508
adim

-0.3114 %

SNz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the z axis

term

0.187789
adim

-1.1637 %

SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis

term

1.70775
adim

-0.1316 %

SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis

term

1.70775
adim

-0.1316 %

151

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.23 EC3 Test 19: Verifying the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column
Test ID: 5699
Test status: Passed

13.23.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance for a IPE300 column made of S235 steel.
The verifications are made according to Eurocode3 French Annex.

13.23.2Background
Classification and verification under compression efforts for an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (200 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.23.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -200 000 N,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Cross section area: A=5380mm2


Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=603.80x104mm4
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=8356x10 mm

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

152

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are doth imposed with 10m value

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at Z = 5.0: FZ = N = -200 000 N,


Internal: None.

13.23.2.2Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)


The calculations are made in order to obtain the buckling resistance work ratio of the analyzed element. The work
ratio of the element is calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element
(Nb,Rd) from the compression force applied to the element (NEd). The design buckling resistance of the compressed
member, Nb,Rd, is calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.

N Ed
100 100%
N b , Rd

(6.46)

The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:

A fy
M1

N b , Rd =

(6.47)

Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for Y-Y axis

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


according to:

1
+ 2

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

(6.49)

the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


=

A* f y
N cr

Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=235N/mm2 and Ncr is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

N cr =

E Iz
L fy

A fy
N cr

210000MPa 8356 104 mm 4

(10000mm )2

= 1731878.70 N

5380mm 2 235 N / mm 2
= 0.854
1731878.70 N

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) +

153

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The following buckling curve will be used:

The imperfection factor

corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (0.854 0.2) + 0.8542 ] = 0.933


Therefore:

M1

+
2

1
0.933 + 0.9332 0.8542

is a safety coefficient,

N b , Rd =

M1 = 1

0.764 5380mm2 235 N / mm2


= 966051.089 N
1

N Ed = 200000 N

200000 N
N Ed
100 =
100 = 20.703%
966051.089 N
N b , Rd

154

= 0.764 1

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.23.2.3Buckling in the weak inertia of the profile (along Z-Z)


The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (Nb,Rd) from the
compression force applied to the element (NEd). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, Nb,Rd, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.

N Ed
100 100%
N b , Rd

(6.46)

The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:

A fy
M1

N b , Rd =

(6.47)

Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness for Z-Z axis

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


according to:

1
+ 2

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

(6.49)

the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


=

A* f y
N cr

Where: A is the cross section area; A=5380mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=235N/mm2 and Ncr is the
elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional properties:

N cr =

E Iz
L fy

A fy
N cr

210000MPa 603.80 104 mm4

(10000mm)2

= 125144.610 N

5380mm2 235 N / mm2


= 3.178
125144.610 N

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) +

It will be used the following buckling curve:

155

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The imperfection factor

corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.34:

= 0.5 1 + ( 0.2) + = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (3.178 0.2) + 3.1782 ] = 6.056


Therefore:

M1

+
2

1
6.056 + 6.0562 3.1782

is a safety coefficient,

N b , Rd =

M1 = 1

0.089 5380mm2 235 N / mm2


= 112771.78 N
1

N Ed = 200000 N

N Ed
200000 N
100 =
100 = 177.349%
N b , Rd
112771.78 N
Finite elements modeling

156

= 0.089 1

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (strong inertia)
Buckling of a column subjected to compression force
Work ratio (y-y)

157

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.23.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y


axis

0.764

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z


axis

0.089

Work ratio (y-y)

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance


(strong inertia) [%]

0.21 %

Work ratio (z-z)

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance (weak


inertia) [%]

1.77 %

13.23.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
after Y-Y axis

Value
0.763129
adim

Error
-0.1140 %

Xz

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


after Z-Z axis

0.0891543
adim

0.1734 %

SNy

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling


resistance in the strong inertia of the profile

0.207253
adim

-1.3081 %

SNz

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling


resistance in the weak inertia of the profile

1.77401
adim

0.2266 %

158

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.24 EC3 Test 12: Verifying the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section
beam
Test ID: 5706
Test status: Passed

13.24.1Description
Verifies the design plastic shear resistance of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.24.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S275 steel to resist shear. Verification of the
shear resistance at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and can be found in
the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is simply supported and it is subjected to an uniformly distributed load
(50 000 N/ml) applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.24.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = -50 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 300 mm,


Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 9490 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .
159

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y, Z axis and restrained in rotation along
X axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml,
Internal: None.

13.24.2.2Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be determined.
Shear area of the cross section
For a rectangular hollow section of uniform thickness the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from
EN 1993-1-1. As the load is parallel to depth, the shear area is:

A h 9490mm 2 300mm
= 5694mm 2
=
Av =
300mm + 200mm
b+h
Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
EN 1993-1-1: 2011 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the crosssection:

V pl , Rd =

Av

M0

3 =

5694mm 2
1.0

275MPa
3
= 904044 N

Work ratio
The verification of the design plastic shear resistance is done with relationship (6.17) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:

Work ratio =

q L
50 N / mm 5000mm
VEd
125000 N
2
100 = 2 100 =
100 =
100 = 13.83%
V pl , Rd
V pl , Rd
904044 N
904044 N

Finite elements modeling

160

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design shear resistance
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load
Work ratio - Fz

13.24.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design shear resistance [%]

13.83 %

13.24.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fz

Result description
Shear resistance work ratio

Value
13.8219 %

Error
0.1587 %

161

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.25 EC3 Test 27: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 beam simply supported with a
displacement restraint
Test ID: 5717
Test status: Passed

13.25.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section beam. The beam is hinged at one end and the translations over the Y
and Z axis and rotation after the X axis are blocked.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 530mm height; 190mm width; 12mm center thickness; 19mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The beam is subjected to 10 kN/m linear force applied vertically, 5 kN/m linear force applied horizontally and 3700 kN
punctual force applied on the end of the beam.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.25.2Background
An I53*1.2+22*1.9 beam column subjected to axial compression, uniform distributed vertical force and uniform
distributed horizontal force, made from S235 steel. The beam has a 53x12mm web and 220x19mm flanges. The
beam is simply supported. The beam is subjected to an axial compression load 3700000 N, 10000 N/m uniform
distributed load over the Z axis and 5000 N/m horizontal uniform distributed force after the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.25.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

162

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fx=-3700000N; Fy=-5000N/m; Fz=-10000N/m


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Column length: L=5000mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

r = 0mm
Web thickness: t w = 12mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, W y

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, W el , z

= 307177.41mm 3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 477512.00mm 3

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 665089874.67mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 33789514.67mm 4

Torsional moment of inertia:

Working inertial moment:

A = 14264mm 2
b = 220mm

t f = 19mm

Root radius:

hw = 530mm

= 2509773.11mm 3

= 2862172.00mm 3

I t = 1269555.73mm 4

I w = 2201162989666.67mm 6

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,

163

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Support at the end point (x = 5) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.

Inner:
Lateral buckling restraint in the middle of the column (x=2.50).

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load from X=f.00m and z=.00m: Fx =-3700000N;

External: vertical uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fz=-10000N/m

External: horizontal uniform distributed linear load from X=0.00 to X=5.00: Fy=-5000N/m

164

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.25.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:


The web dimensions are 850x5mm.

inf 246.94Mpa
=
=1
sup 246.94Mpa

165

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

166

235
235
=
=1
fy
235

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

c 530mm 2 19mm

=
= 41
c
t
12mm
38 = 38 < = 41 42 = 42
t

=1

therefore

the

beam

web

is

considered to be Class 3
-for beam flange:

220 12

c
c
2
=
= 5.47 = 4.57 9 1 = 9
t
19
t

=1

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.

13.25.2.3Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.34

167

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 3 cross-sections:


A * fy

y =

N cr , y
A = 14264mm 2

Cross section area:

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

A f y

y =

N cr , y

I y = 665089874.67mm 4

210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67 mm 4

(5000mm )

= 55139061.21N = 55139.06kN

14264mm 2 235 N / mm 2
= 0.247
55139061.21N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.247 0.2) + 0.247 2 ] = 0.538

y =

1
2

y + y y

y 1

= 0.984
0.538 + 0.538 2 0.247 2
y = 0.984

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:


-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:

168

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

according to:

z =

1
2

z + z z

(6.49)

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


z =

A* f y
N cr , z

l fz = 2.50m
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:
Cross section area:

I z = 33789514.67mm 4

A = 14264mm 2

169

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

A f y

z =

210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4

(2500mm)

N cr , z

14264mm 2 235 N / mm 2
=
= 0.547
11205235.19 N

= 11205235.19 N = 11205.235kN

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.547 0.2) + 0.547 2 ] = 0.735

z =

1
2

z + z z

z 1

= 0.819
0.735 + 0.735 0.547
z = 0.816

13.25.2.4Lateral torsional buckling verification


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
-it must be studied separately for each beam segment
-however, the two sections are symmetrical, the same result will be obtained

is the isotactic moment report (for simply supported bar) due to Q load ant the maxim moment value

q L 10000 N / m (2500mm )
=
= 0.25
8 M
8 31.25 10 3 Nm

-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1
-where:

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

170

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

=0

therefore:

171

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

C1 = 1.31
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 665089874.67mm4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 33789514.67mm 4

Longitudinal elastic modulus:

E = 210000 N / mm 2

Torsional moment of inertia:

I t = 1269555.73mm 4

Working inertial moment:

I w = 2201162989666.67mm 6

Shear modulus of rigidity:

G = 80800 N / mm 2

Buckling length of the beam

L = 2500mm

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

= 2509773.11mm 3

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4

= 1.31
+
Iz E Iz
(2500mm)2

22.01163 1011 mm 6 (2500mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 1269555.73mm 4


= 1.31 11205235.19 N 272.58mm =
+
33789514.67 mm 4
2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
= 4001163141Nmm
2

LT =

Weff , y f y
M cr

Calculation of the

2509773.11mm 3 235 N / mm 2
= 0.384
4001163141Nmm

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT

will be determined below:

Note:

M Ed 31.25 10 6 Nmm
=
= 7.81 10 3
M cr
4001163141

2
M Ed

LT , 0

2
M Ed
M cr
= 7.81 10 0.04

0
.
00781
LT , 0 = 0.0156

M
cr

b
220
2
= 0.3 = 0.3
= 0.125 LT , 0 = 0.0156

h
530

LT = 0.384 > 0.20


M Ed
M cr

LT ,0

For slendernesses
apply.

2
M Ed
LT , 0
M cr

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; AN.3; Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)


(see 6.3.2.3) lateral torsional buckling effects may be ignored and only cross sectional checks

-therefore:

LT = 1
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN (2005); Chapter 6.3.2.2(4)

172

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.25.2.5Internal factor, k yy , calculation


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

k yy = C my C mLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

y = 0.984

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 3700kN
N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4

(5000mm )

= 55139061.21N

(previously

calculated)

N Ed
3700000 N
1
N cr , y
55130961.21N
=
= 0.999
y =
N Ed
3700000 N
1 y
1 0.984
55130961.21N
N cr , y
1

- Cmy coefficient takes into account the behavior in the plane of bending (buckling in the plan and distribution of the
bending moment).
- Must be calculated considering the beam along its length.

173

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:

0 =

Weff , y f y
M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2

174

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Iy

Wel , y =

z max

665089874.67mm 4
= 2509773.11mm 3
265mm

The calculation the

M cr , 0 = C1

M cr 0

will be calculated using

E Iz
L

C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4

+
= 1
Iz E Iz
(2500mm)2

22.01163 1011 mm 6 (2500mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 1269555.73mm 4


= 1 11205235.19 N 272.58mm =

+
33789514.67 mm 4
2 210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4
= 3054323008 Nmm
2

Weff , y f y

0 =

M cr , 0

Calculation of the

2509773.11mm 3 235 N / mm 2
= 0.439
3054323008 Nmm

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,T

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

2 E I w
1
= 2 G It +
Lcr ,T
i0

i0 = i y + i z + y 02 + z 02 = 0.0491
Torsional moment of inertia:
Working inertial moment:
- the buckling length,

I t = 1269555.73mm 4

I w = 2201162989666.67mm 6

Lcr ,T ,
Lcr ,T = 2.50m

1mm 2
2 210000 N / mm 2 2201162989666.67 mm 6
2
4

+
80800
N
/
mm
1269555
.
73
mm
(2500mm)
0.0491mm 4
= 1.696 1013 N
N Ed = 3700000 N
N cr ,T =

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 1.696 1013 N


N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

210000 N / mm 2 33789514.67mm 4

(2500mm)

= 11205235.19 N

(previously calculated)

C1=1

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z

= 0.181


N
1 Ed

N cr ,TF

3700000 N
3700000 N

4
= 0.20 1 1 11205235.19 N 1 1.696 1013 N =

175

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

0 = 0.439

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

N
0 = 0.439 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed

The

N cr , z

= 0.181


N
1 Ed
N
cr ,TF



y a LT
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

1 + y a LT

C mz = C mz , 0

a LT
2
C mLT = C my

N
N
= 0.181
1 Ed 1 Ed


N cr , z N cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 2509773.11mm 3

31.25 10 6 Nmm
14264mm 2

= 0.048
3700000 N
2509773.11mm 3

a LT

It
1269555.73mm 4
= 1
= 1
= 0.998
Iy
665089874.67 mm 4

The

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

C my , 0 = 1 + 0.03

176

N Ed
N cr , y

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67mm 4

(5000mm )

= 55139061.21N (previously calculated)

N Ed = 3700000 N
C my , 0 = 1 + 0.03

3700000 N
= 1.002
55139061.21N

C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

y a LT
1 + y a LT

Equivalent uniform moment factor,

= 1.002 + (1 1.002)

0.048 1
= 1.002
1 + 0048 1

CmLT , calculation

- It must be calculated for each of the two sections.

2
CmLT = Cmy

aLT

1 N Ed
N
cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,T

It must again calculate the coefficient Cmy, but only for the left section.

z = 0.0001396m
177

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Cmy , 0

2 E Iy
N
Ed =

1
=1+
2
L M y , Ed
N cr , y

2 210000 N / mm 2 665089874.67 mm 4 0.0001396


3700000 N
= 1 +
1
= 0.999
2
6
(2500mm) 31.25 10 Nmm

55139061.21N
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

1 + y a LT

= 0.999 + (1 0.999)

a LT

C mLT = C my

Therefore the

y a LT

N
1 Ed

N cr , z


N
1 Ed

N cr ,T

= 0.999

0.219 0.998
= 0.999
1 + 0.219 0.998
0.998

3700000 N
3700000 N

1
1
13
11205235.19 N 1.696 10 N

k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:

k yy = C my C mLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

= 1.002 1.377

1
= 1.476
3700000 N
1
55130961.21N

13.25.2.6Internal factor, k yz , calculation

k yz = C mz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

Cmz coefficient must be calculated considering the beam along its length.

C mz = C mz , 0 = 1 + 0.03
k yz = C mz

178

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

N Ed
3700000 N
= 1 + 0.03
= 1.010
N cr , z
11205235.19 N

= 0.776

1
= 1.506
3700000 N
1
11205235.19 N

= 1.377

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.25.2.7Internal factor, k zy , calculation

k zy = C my C mLT

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
3700000 N
1
N cr , z
11205235.19 N
=
z =
= 0.917
N Ed
3700000 N
1 0.816
1 z
11205235.19 N
N cr , z
1

z = 0.816

(previously calculated)

k zy = C my C mLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

= 1.002 1.377

0.917
= 1.355
3700000 N
1
55130961.21N

13.25.2.8Internal factor, k zz , calculation

k zz = C mz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

= 0.776

0.917
= 1.383
3700000 N
1
11205235.19 N

13.25.2.9Bending and axial compression verification

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
+ M z , Rd
M
N Ed
+ k yz z , Ed
+ k yy

M
M z , Rk
N
y Rk
LT y , Rk
M1
M1
M1

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
+ M z , Rd
M
N Ed
+ k zz z , Ed
+ k zy

M
M z , Rk
N Rk
LT y , Rk
z
M1
M1
M1

N Rk = f y Ai

179

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

3700000 N
31.25 10 6 Nmm
+
1
.
476

+
14264mm 2 235 N / mm 2
2509773.11mm 3 235 N / mm 2
0.984
1
1
1
6
15.62 10 Nmm
+ 1.506
= 0.12 + 0.08 + 0.33 = 0.53
307177.41mm 3 235 N / mm 2
1
3700000 N
31.25 10 6 Nmm
+ 1.355
+
14264mm 2 235 N / mm 2
2509773.11mm 3 235 N / mm 2
0.816
1
1
1
6
15.62 10 Nmm
+ 1.383
= 1.35 + 0.07 + 0.30 = 1.72
307177.41mm 3 235 N / mm 2
1
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

180

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

Internal factor, k zy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zy

181

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over
the Y axis
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over
the Y axis
SMyy

182

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Y axis
SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy

183

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over
the Z axis
SMzz

13.25.2.10Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

0.98

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.82

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

1.47

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

1.51

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

1.35

k zz

Internal factor, k zz

1.38

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the


compression effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis

1.12

SMyy
SMyz
SNz
SMzy
SMzz

184

0.08
0.33
1.35
0.07
0.30

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.25.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

Value
0.983441
adim

Error
0.3511 %

Xz

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

0.816369
adim

-0.4428 %

Kyy

Internal factor, kyy

1.47276
adim

0.1878 %

Kyz

Internal factor, kyz

1.50599
adim

-0.2656 %

Kzy

Internal factor, kzy

1.35211
adim

0.1563 %

Kzz

Internal factor, kzz

1.38261
adim

0.1891 %

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the Y

term

1.12239
adim

0.2134 %

SMyy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis

term

0.078033
adim

-2.4587 %

SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis

term

0.325974
adim

-1.2200 %

SNz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the z axis

term

1.35209
adim

0.1548 %

SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis

term

0.0716405
adim

2.3436 %

SMzz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis

term

0.29927
adim

-0.2433 %

185

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.26 EC3 Test 26: Verifying an user defined I section class 3 column fixed on the bottom
Test ID: 5714
Test status: Passed

13.26.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 408mm height; 190mm width; 9.4mm center thickness; 14.6mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 1000kN axial compression force and a 200kNm bending moment after the Y axis. All the
efforts are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.26.2Background
An I40.8*0.94+19*1.46 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 40.8x9.4mm web and 190x14.6mm flanges. The column is fixed at its base The column is subjected to an axial
compression load -1000000 N, a 200000Nm bending moment after the Y axis and a 5000N lateral force after the Y
axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.26.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

186

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-1000000N N; My=200000Nm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q


Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Column length: L=2000mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

r = 0mm
Web thickness: t w = 9.4mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, W y

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

= 175962.65mm 3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 271897.69

4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=257332751mm
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=16716452.10 mm
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=492581.13 mm
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=645759981974.33mm

A = 9108.72mm 2
b = 190mm

t f = 14.6mm

Root radius:

hw = 408mm

= 1261435.06mm 3

= 1428491.78mm 3

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,

187

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=2.00m: FZ =-1000000N; Mx=200000Nm and Fy=5000N

13.26.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

- for beam web:


The web dimensions are 378.8x9.4mm.

= 2

N Ed
1.000
1 = 2
1 = 0.20 > 1
A f y
0.0091 275

Ed
= 1 +
= 1 +
= 1.01 > 0.5
f y t d 2 275 0.3788 0.0094
2

188

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
=
fy

235
= 0.924
275

c 408mm 2 14.6mm

= 40.30 c
=
42 0.924
42
= 64.25
=
9.4mm
t
= 170 >
)
.
20
(
0
.
33
0
67
.
0
0
.
33
0
.
67

= 0.924
therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 3.
- for beam flange:

c 90.30

=
= 6.18 c
t 14.6
= 6.18 9 0.924 = 8.316
t

= 0.924

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 3.

189

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.26.2.3Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 4 cross-sections:

y =

A * fy
N cr , y

Cross section area:

A = 9108.72mm 2

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=257332751mm

190

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

A f y

y =

N cr , y

210000 N / mm 2 257332751mm 4

(2000mm)

= 133338053.7 N = 133338.05kN

9108.72mm 2 275 N / mm 2
=
= 0.137
133338053.7 N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.137 0.2) + 0.137 2 ] = 0.499

y =

1
2

y + y y

y 1

= 1.022
0.499 + 0.499 0.137
y =1

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:


- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

according to:

191

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

z =

1
2

z + z z

(6.49)

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


A* f y

z =

N cr , z

l fz = 2.00m
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=16716452.10 mm4
Cross section area:

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

A fy

z =

A = 9108.72mm 2

N cr , z

210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4

(2000mm )

= 8661700.38 N = 8661.70kN

9108.72mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.538
=
8661700.38 N

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.538 0.2) + 0.538 2 ] = 0.728

z =

1
2

z + z z

z 1

= 0.821
0.728 + 0.728 0.538
z = 0.821

13.26.2.4Lateral torsional buckling verification


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

-where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

192

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

- in order to simplify the calculation, we will consider

C1 = 1

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=257332751mm

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=16716452.10 mm4


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm2.
Torsional moment of inertia: It=492581.13 mm4
Warping inertial moment:
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

Iw =

I z (h t f

h cross section height; h=408mm

tf

flange thickness;

t f = 14.6mm

16716452.10mm 4 (408mm 14.6mm )


Iw =
= 6.46774 1011 mm 6
4
2

According to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column: L=2000mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm2

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
+
= 1

Iz E Iz
(2000mm )2

6.46774 1011 mm 6 (2000mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4


+
= 1 8661700.384 N 208.052mm =
2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
16716452.10mm 4
= 1802088994 Nmm = 1802.089kNm

193

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The elastic modulus : Wel , y

LT =

Weff , y f y
M cr

Calculation of the

LT =

Iy
z max

257332751mm 4
= 1261434.172mm 3
204mm

1261434.172mm 3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.439
1802088994 Nmm

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


1

LT + LT LT

will be determined with formula:

(6.56)

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:

h 408mm
=
= 2.147 > 2
b 190mm

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

The image cannot be displayed. Your computer may not have enough memory to open the image, or the image may have been corrupted. Restart your computer, and then open the file again. If the red x still appears, you may have to delete the image and then insert it again.

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.76 (0.439 0.2 ) + 0.439 ] = 0.687

LT =

194

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.813 1
0.687 + 0.687 0.439

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.26.2.5Internal factor, k yy , calculation


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 4 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will be
calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:

k yy = C my C mLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

y = 1.022

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 1000kN
N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 133338053.7 N = 133338.05kN

(previously calculated)

N Ed
1000000 N
1
N cr , y
133338053.7 N = 1
y =
=
1000000 N
N Ed
1 1
1 y
133338053.7 N
N cr , y
1

195

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:

0 =

Weff , y f y
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2

Wel , y =

Iy
z max

257332751mm 4
= 1261434.172mm 3
204mm

The calculation the

M cr = C1

M cr 0

E Iz
L

will be calculated using

C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
+
= 1

Iz E Iz
(2000mm )2

6.46774 1011 mm 6 (2000mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4


+
= 1 8661700.384 N 208.052mm =
16716452.10mm 4
2 210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4
= 1802088994 Nmm = 1802.089kNm
2

0 =

196

Weff , y f y
M cr

1261434.172mm 3 275 N / mm 2
=
= 0.439
1802088994 Nmm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
- for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

2 E I w
1

+
G
I
t
2
Lcr ,T
i0

N cr ,T =

The mass moment of inertia I 0


2

i0 = i y + i z + y02 + z 02 = 0.0301
Torsional moment of inertia: It=492581.13 mm4
Working inertial moment: Iw=645759981974.33mm6
- the buckling length,

Lcr ,T ,
Lcr ,T = 2.00m

N cr ,T =

1mm 2
0.0301mm 4

2 210000 N / mm 2 645759981974.33mm 6
=
80800 N / mm 2 492581.13mm 4 +
(2000mm )

= 1.244 1013 N
N Ed = 1000000 N

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 1.244 1013 N


N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4

(2000mm)

= 8661700.38 N

(previously calculated)

C1=1 for the top part of the column


For the top part of the column:

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z
= 0.172


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

= 0.20 1 4 1 1000000 N 1 100000013N =

8661700.38 N 1.244 10 N

197

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:
For the top part of the column:

0 = 0.469

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z


1 N Ed
N
cr ,TF

= 0.172

N
N
0 = 0.469 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
N

The

cr , z

cr ,TF



y a LT
C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

1 + y a LT

C mz = C mz , 0

a LT
2
C mLT = C my

N
N
= 0.172
1 Ed 1 Ed
N N

cr , z
cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

a LT = 1
The

198

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 1261435.06mm 3

200 10 6 Nmm
9108.72mm 2
=

= 1.444
1000000 N
1261435.06mm 3

It
492581.13 mm 4
= 1
= 0.998 1
Iy
257332751mm 4

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The bending moment has the same value on both ends of the column:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=1

N Ed
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

210000 N / mm 2 257332751mm 4

= 133338053.7 N

(2000mm)

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 1000000 N
C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 1 + 0.36 (1 0.33)

C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )

y a LT
1 + y a LT

Equivalent uniform moment factor,


2
C mLT = C my

= 1.002 + (1 1.002)


1 N Ed
N
cr ,T

= 1.0012

C mLT 1
Therefore the

1.444 1
= 1.001
1 + 1.444 1

CmLT , calculation

a LT

1 N Ed
N
cr , z

1000000 N
= 1.002
133338053.7 N

= 1.065
1000000 N
1000000 N

1
1

C mLT = 1.065
13

N
8661700
.
38
N

1
.
244
10

k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:

k yy = C my C mLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

= 1.001 1.065

1
= 1.074
1000000 N
1
133338053.7 N

13.26.2.6Internal factor, k yz , calculation

k yz = C mz

Cmz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

term must be calculated for the whole column length

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

210000 N / mm 2 16716452.10mm 4

(2000mm )

C mz = C mz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)


k yz = C mz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

M
= Ed ,inf = 200kNm = 1

M Ed ,sup 200kNm

= 0.776

= 8661700.38 N = 8661.70kN

N Ed
1000000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.776
N cr , z
8661700.38 N

1
= 0.878
1000000 N
1
8661700.38 N

199

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.26.2.7Internal factor, k zy , calculation

k zy = C my C mLT

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
1000000 N
1
N cr , z
8661700.38 N
z =
=
= 0.799
N Ed
1000000 N
1 0.821
1 z
8661700.38 N
N cr , z
1

z = 0.821 (previously calculated)


k zy = C my C mLT

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

= 1.001 1.065

0.977
= 1.050
1000000 N
1
133338053.7 N

13.26.2.8Internal factor, k zz , calculation

k zz = C mz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

= 0.776

0.977
= 0.857
1000000 N
1
8661700.38 N

13.26.2.9Bending and axial compression verification

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k yz z , Ed
+ k yy

N
M
M z , Rk
y Rk
LT y , Rk
M1
M1
M1

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k zz z , Ed
+ k zy

N Rk
M
M z , Rk
LT y , Rk
z
M1
M1
M1

N Rk = f y Ai

200

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

1000000 N
200 10 6 Nmm
+
1
.
074

+
9108.72mm 2 275 N / mm 2
1261435.06mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
0.813
1
1
6
10 10 Nmm
+ 0.878
= 0.40 + 0.76 + 0.18 = 1.34
175962.5mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
1000000 N
200 10 6 Nmm
+ 1.050
+
9108.72mm 2 mm 2 275 N / mm 2
1261435.06mm 3 275 N / mm 2
0.821
0.813
1
1
6
10 10 Nmm
+ 0.857
= 0.49 + 0.74 + 0.18 = 1.41
175962.5mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


5 nodes,
1 linear element.

201

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

202

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

203

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k zy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zy

Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zz

204

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy

205

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz

206

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz

207

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.26.2.10Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.821

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

1.074

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

0.878

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

1.050

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.857

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the


compression effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis

0.40

SMyy
SMyz
SNz
SMzy
SMzz

0.76
0.18
0.49
0.74
0.18

13.26.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

Value
1 adim

Error
0.0000 %

Xz

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

0.821634
adim

0.0772 %

Kyy

Internal factor kyy

1.11767
adim

4.0661 %

Kyz

Internal factor kyz

0.877605
adim

-0.0450 %

Kzy

Internal factor kzy

1.09224
adim

4.0229 %

Kzz

Internal factor kzz

0.857639
adim

0.0746 %

#SNy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the Y axis

term

0.399218
adim

-0.1955 %

SMyy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis

term

0.783306
adim

3.0666 %

SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis

term

0.181362
adim

0.7567 %

SNz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the z axis

term

0.485883
adim

-0.8402 %

SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis

term

0.765485
adim

3.4439 %

SMzz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis

term

0.177236
adim

-1.5356 %

208

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.27 EC3 test 9: Verifying the classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up
column
Test ID: 5674
Test status: Passed

13.27.1Description
Verifies the cross-section classification and the compression resistance of a welded built-up column made of S355
steel. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.27.2Background
Classification and verification of a welded built-up column made of S355 steel. The column is fixed at its base and
free on the top. It is loaded by a compression force (100 000 N), applied at its top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.27.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = -100 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 630 mm,


Flange width: b = 500 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 18 mm,
209

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Web thickness: tw = 8 mm,


Column length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 22752 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S355 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

210

External:
Point load at Z = 5.0: N = FZ = -100 000 N,
Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.27.2.2Cross-section classification
Before calculating the compression resistance, the cross-section class has to be determined.
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to a punctual compression load, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the
picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 2, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the flanges class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.

The top flange class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 2:

c (500mm 8mm) / 2
=
= 13.67
18mm
t

235
= 0.81
fy

Therefore:

c
= 13.67 > 14 = 11.34
t
211

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

This means that the top column flange is Class 4. Having the same dimensions, the bottom column flange is also
Class 4.
Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the web class. The
picture below shows an extract from this table.

The web class can be determined by considering the cross-section geometrical properties and the conditions
described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1:

c 630mm 18mm 2
= 74.25
=
8mm
t

235
= 0.81
fy

Therefore:

c
= 74.25 > 42 = 34.02
t
This means that the column web is Class 4.
A cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements (chapter
5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001).
According to the calculation above, the column section have Class 4 web and Class 4 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 4.

13.27.2.3Reference results for calculating the compression resistance of the cross-section


The compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section is determined with the formula (6.11) from EN 1993-1-1:2001.
In order to verify the compression resistance for Class 4 cross-section, it is necessary to determine the effective area
of the cross-section.
The effective area of the cross section takes into account the reduction factor, , which is applying to both parts in
compression (flanges and web).
The following parameters have to be determined, for each part in compression, in order to calculate the reduction
factor: the buckling factor, the stress ratio and the plate modified slenderness.
The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio() - for flanges
Table 4.2 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
flanges. The below picture presents an extract from this table.

212

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Taking into account that the stress distribution on flanges is linear, the stress ratio becomes:

2
= 1.0 k = 0.43
1

The buckling factor (k) and the stress ratio() - for web
Table 4.1 from EN 1993-1-5 offers detailed information about determining the buckling factor and the stress ratio for
web. The below picture presents an extract from this table.

Taking into account that the stress distribution on web is linear, the stress ratio becomes:

2
= 1.0 k = 4.0
1

The plate modified slenderness (p) for flanges


The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness for flanges is:

p =

((500mm 8mm ) / 2) / 18mm = 0.906


c/t
=
28.4 k
28.4 0.81 0.43

The plate modified slenderness (p) for web


The formula used to determine the plate modified slenderness for web is:

p =

(630mm 2 18mm ) / 8mm = 1.614


b/t
=
28.4 k
28.4 0.81 4.0

The reduction factor () for flanges


The reduction factor for flanges is determined with relationship (4.3) from EN 1993-1-5. Because p > 0.748, the
reduction factor has the following formula:

p 0.188
1.0
2p

The effective width of the flange part can now be calculated:

beff , f = c = 0.875

(500mm 8mm ) = 215.25mm


2

The reduction factor () for web


The reduction factor for web is determined with relationship (4.2) from EN 1993-1-5. Because p > 0.673, the
reduction factor has the following formula:

213

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

p 0.055 (3 + )
1.0
2p

The effective width of the web can now be calculated:

beff ,w = b = 0.535 (630mm 2 18mm ) = 317.8mm


Effective area
The effective area is determined considering the following:

Aeff = 2 t f (beff , f + beff , f + t w ) + t w beff ,w


Compression resistance of the cross section
For Class 4 cross-section, EN 1993-1-1: 2001 provides (6.11) formula in order to calculate the compression
resistance of the cross-section:

N c , Rd =

Aeff f

M0

18328.4mm 2 355MPa
=
= 6506582 N
1.0

Work ratio
Work ratio =

N
100000 N
100 =
100 = 1.54%
N c , Rd
6506582 N

Finite elements modeling

214

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression


Column subjected to compression axial force
Work ratio - Fx

13.27.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fx

Compression resistance work ratio [%]

1.53 %

13.27.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx

Result description
Compression resistance work ratio

Value
1.5322 %

Error
0.1438 %

215

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.28 EC3 Test 21: Verifying the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H column
Test ID: 5701
Test status: Passed

13.28.1Description
The test verifies the buckling resistance of a CHS219.1x6.3H made of S355.
The tests are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.28.2Background
Buckling verification under compression efforts for an CHS219.1x6.3H column made of S355 steel. The column is
fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is subjected to a compression force (100 000 N) applied at its top.
The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.28.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -100 000 N,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

216

Tube wall thickness: t=6.3mm


Tube diameter: d=219.1mm
2
Cross section area: A=4210mm
Radius of gyration about the relevant axis: i=75.283mm
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=2366x10 mm
4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2366x10 mm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 355 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 3.00).
Inner: None.
Buckling lengths Lfy and Lfz are both imposed with 6m value

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at Z = 3.0: FZ = N = -100 000 N,


Internal: None.

217

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.28.2.2Buckling in the strong inertia of the profile (along Y-Y)


The calculations are made in order to obtain the work ratio of the analyzed element. The work ratio of the element is
calculated using the percentage of the design buckling resistance of the compressed element (Nb,Rd) from the
compression force applied to the element (NEd). The design buckling resistance of the compressed member, Nb,Rd, is
calculated according to Eurocode 3 1993-1-1-2005, Chapter 6.3.1.1.

N Ed
100 100%
N b , Rd

(6.46)

Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

d 219.1mm
=
= 34.778
t
6.3mm

235
235
=
= 0.814
355
fy

d
= 34.778 80 2 = 50 0.814 = 46.381 therefore the section is considered to be Class 2
t
It will be used the following buckling curve corresponding to Table 6.2:

218

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The imperfection factor

corresponding to the appropriate buckling curve will be 0.21:

The design buckling resistance of the compressed element is calculated using the next formula:

N b , Rd =

A fy
M1

(6.47)

Where:
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after the Y-Y axis

coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


A* fy

y =

N cr

y =

Lcr
i 1

(6.50)

210000
E
=
= 76.41
355
fy

1 =
i=

Iy
A

23860000mm 4
= 75.283mm
4210mm 2

Lcr
6000mm
=
= 1.043
i 1 75.283mm 76.41

y = 0.5 [1 + ( y 0.2) + 2y ] = 0.5 [1 + 0.21 (1.043 0.2) + 1.043 ] = 1.132


y =

1
= 0.636 1
1.132 + 1.132 1.043

A is the cross section area; A=4210mm2; fy is the yielding strength of the material; fy=355N/mm2 and
coefficient,

M1 = 1

M1

is a safety

The design buckling resistance of the compression member will be:

N b , Rd

y A f y 0.636 4210mm 2 355 N / mm 2


=
=
= 950533.8 N
M1
1

N Ed = 100000 N

N Ed
100000 N
100 =
100 = 10.520%
N b , Rd
950533.8 N

219

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


4 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness
The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

LT

220

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the strong inertia of the profile
Column subjected to axial force
Adimensional - SNy

13.28.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

SN y

Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling resistance in the


strong inertia of the profile

Reference value
0.636
0.1052

13.28.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy
SNy

Result description
coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
Ratio of the design normal force to design buckling
resistance in the strong inertia of the profile

Value
0.635463
adim

Error
0.0000 %

0.105293
adim

0.0000 %

221

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.29 EC3 Test 24: Verifying an user defined I section class 4 column fixed on the bottom and
without any other restraint
Test ID: 5709
Test status: Passed

13.29.1Description
The test verifies an user defined cross section column.
The cross section has an I symmetric shape with: 880mm height; 220mm width; 5mm center thickness; 15mm
flange thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force; 1274 kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 127.4
kNm bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied on the top of the column. The column height is
5.62m and has no restraints over its length.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

222

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.29.2Background
An I880*5+220*15 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column has a
880x5mm web and 220x15mm flanges. The column is hinged at its base and, at his top end, translation is permitted
only on vertical direction and the rotation is blocked for the long axis of the column. The column is subjected to an
axial compression load 328000 N, 127400Nm bending moment after the X axis and 1274000Nm bending moment
after the Y axis.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.29.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-328000N N, Mx= 127400Nm; My=1274000Nm


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System

223

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometrical properties

Column length: L=5620mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

r = 0mm
Web thickness: t w = 5mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, W y

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

= 242.08 103 mm3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 368.31 103 mm 3

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: Iy=149058.04x104mm4


4
4
Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: Iz=2662.89x10 mm
4
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It=51.46x10 mm
6
6
Working inertial moment: Iw=4979437.37x10 mm

A = 10850mm 2
b = 220mm

t f = 15mm

Root radius:

hw = 880mm

= 3387.66 103 mm 3

= 3757.62 103 mm 3

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:
Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at the end point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.

224

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =--328000N; Mx=127400Nm and My=1274000Nm

13.29.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

-for beam web:


The web dimensions are 850x5mm.

= 2

N Ed
0.328
1 = 2
1 = 0.78 > 1
A fy
0.0109 275

0.328

Ed
= 1 +
= 1 +
= 0.64 > 0.5
f y t d 2 275 0.850 0.005
2

225

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
=
fy

235
= 0.924
275

c 880mm 2 15mm

= 170
=
42 0.924
42
c
= 94.057
=
5mm
t
= 170 >
0.67 + 0.33 0.67 + 0.33 (0.78)
t

=1

therefore the beam web is considered to be Class 4


-for beam flange:

c 107.5

=
= 7.61 c
t
15
= 7.61 9 = 9
t

=1

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 4

13.29.2.3Effective cross-sections of Class4 cross-sections


-the section is composed from Class 4 web and Class 1 flanges, therefore will start the web
calculation:
-in order to simplify the calculations the web will be considered compressed only

c 880mm 2 15mm
=
= 170 :
t
5mm

= 1 k = 4
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1

226

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

bw
t
p =
28.4 k
bw

is the width of the web;

bw = 850mm

t is the web thickness; t=5mm

235
235
=
= 0.9244
fy
275

850mm
5mm
p =
= 3.261
28.4 0.9244 4
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4
-the web is considered to be an internal compression element, therefore:

p = 3.261 > 0.673


3 + = 4 0

p 0.055 (3 + ) 3.261 0.055 4


p

3.2612

= 0.286

beff = bw beff = 0.286 850mm = 243.1mm



be1 = 0.5 beff be1 = 0.5 243.1mm = 121.55mm

be 2 = 0.5 beff be 2 = 0.5 243.1mm = 121.55mm

Aeff ,web = t w be1 + t w be 2 = 5mm 121.55mm + 5mm 121.55mm = 1215.5mm 2


Aeff , flange = t f b f = 15mm 220mm = 3300mm 2

Aeff = Aeff , web + 2 Aeff , flange = 1215.5mm 2 + 2 3300mm 2 = 7815.2mm 2


13.29.2.4Effective elastic section modulus of Class4 cross-sections
-In order to simplify the calculation the section will be considered in pure bending

inf
850mm
= 1 bc = bt =
= 425mm
2
sup

= 1 k = 23.9
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Table 4.1

c 880mm 2 15mm
=
= 170
t
5mm

bw
t
p =
28.4 k
bw

is the width of the web;

bw = 850mm

t is the web thickness; t=5mm

227

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
235
=
= 0.9244
fy
275

850mm
5mm
= 1.325
p =
28.4 0.9244 23.9
-according EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004; Chapter4.4

p = 1.325 > 0.673


3 + = 2 0
beff = bc =
be1 = 0.4 beff
be 2 = 0.6 beff

p 0.055 (3 + ) 1.325 0.055 2


p

1.325 2

= 0.692

bw
850mm
= 294.1mm
beff = 0.692

1 ( 1)
1

be1 = 0.4 294.1mm = 117.64mm
b = 0.6 294.1mm = 176.46mm
e2

-the weight center coordinate is:

yG =
=

(220 15) 432.5 + (117.64 5) 366.18 (220 15) 432.5 (601.46 5)124.27 =
220 15 + 117.64 5 + 601.46 5 + 220 15

158330.095
= 15.53mm
10195.5

-the inertial moment along the strong axis is:

228

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

15 3 220
117.64 3 5
+ 220 15 448.03 2 +
+ 117.64 5 381.712 +
12
12
3
3
601.46 5
15 220
+
+ 601.46 5 107.74 2 +
+ 220 15 416.97 2 =
12
12
= 748854356.6 + 699380072.5 = 1448234429mm 4
Iy =

220 3 15
53 117.64
2
Iz =
+ 220 15 0 +
+ 117.64 5 0 2 +
12
12
3
5 601.46
220 3 15
+
+ 601.46 5 0 2 +
+ 220 15 0 2 = 26627490.63mm 4
12
12
Wel , y =
Wel , z =

Iy
z max

1448234429mm 4
= 3179229.533mm 3
455.53mm

Iz
26627490.63mm 4
=
= 242068.10mm 3
y max
110mm

13.29.2.5Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:

229

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 4 cross-sections:


Aeff * f y

y =

N cr , y

Where:

A is the effective cross section area;


2

Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ;

fy is the yielding strength of the material;

fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

Aeff f y

y =

N cr , y

210000 N / mm 2 1448234429mm 4

(5620mm)

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37kN

7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.15
95035371.44 N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.15 0.2) + 0.15 2 ] = 0.503

y =

1
2

y + y y

y 1

= 1.017
0.503 + 0.503 0.15
y =1

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:


-the imperfection factor will be selected according to the Table 6.1 and 6.2:

230

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

according to:

z =

1
2

z + z z

(6.49)

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


z =
Where:

Aeff * f y
N cr , z
A is the effective cross section area;
2

Aeff = 7815.2mm 2 ;

fy is the yielding strength of the material;

fy=275N/mm and Ncr is the elastic critical force for the relevant buckling mode based on the gross cross sectional
properties:

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4

(5620mm )

= 1747336.905 N = 1747.34kN

231

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Aeff f y

z =

N cr , z

7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 1.109
1747336.905 N

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.109 0.2) + 1.109 2 ] = 1.338

z =

1
2

z + z z

z 1

= 0.479
1.338 + 1.338 1.109
z = 0.479

13.29.2.6Lateral torsional buckling verification


-the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

-where:

C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities:

0kNm
=0
1274kNm

0kNm
= 0 C1 = 1.77
1274kNm
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1

232

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 1448234429mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 26627490.63mm 4

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 N/mm2.


Torsional moment of inertia: It=514614.75mm4
Warping inertial moment:
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

Iw =

I z (h t f

h cross section height; h=880mm

tf

Iw =

flange thickness;

t f = 15mm

26627490.63 mm 4 (880mm 15mm )


= 49.808 1011 mm 6
4
2

-according to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column part: L=5620mm
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800N/mm2

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G I t
2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4

= 1.77

+
Iz E Iz
(5620mm )2

49.808 1011 mm 6 (5620mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 514614mm 4


= 1.77 1747336.905 N 459.185mm =
+

26627490.63mm 4 2 210000 N / mm 2 26627490.63mm 4


= 1420163158 Nmm = 1420.163kNm
Iy
1448234429mm 4
The elastic modulus : Wel , y =
=
= 3179229.533mm 3
z max
455.53mm
2

LT =

Weff , y f y
M cr

Calculation of the

3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.785
1420163158 Nmm

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


LT =

LT + LT LT

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

will be determined with formula:

(6.56)

233

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:

h 880mm
=
=4>2
b 220mm

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

= 0.76

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5[1 + 0.76 (0.785 0.2) + 0.785 ] = 1.030

LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.589 1
1.030 + 1.030 0.785

13.29.2.7Internal factor, k yy , calculation


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1:

234

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

k yy = C my C mLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

y =1

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 328kN
N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , y
95035371.44 N = 1
=
y =
N Ed
328000 N
1 1
1 y
95035371.44 N
N cr , y
1

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

235

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the 0 term:

Weff , y f y

0 =

M cr 0
-according to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2
3

Wel , y = 3387.66 10 mm

M cr = 1420163158Nmm = 1420.163kNm (previously calculated)


Weff , y f y

0 =

3387660mm 3 275 N / mm 2
=
= 0.810
1420163158 Nmm

M cr 0

Calculation of the

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
-for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,T =

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

A
2 E I w
G It +
I0
Lcr ,T

The mass moment of inertia I 0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2
Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 1490580416.67mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:

I z = 26628854.17mm 4

Cross section area:

A = 10850mm 2

Distance between the section neutral axis and the section geometrical center: z g

=0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2 = I y + I z = 1490580416.67mm 4 + 26628854.17mm 4 = 1517209270mm 4


- the buckling length,

Lcr ,T ,

Lcr ,T = 5.62m
Torsional moment of inertia:
Working inertial moment:

I t = 514614.75mm 4

I w = 49.808 1011 mm 6

(previously calculated)

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa


Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

N cr ,T =

10850mm 2
1517209270mm 4

2 210000 N / mm 2 49.808 1011 mm 6


=
80800 N / mm 2 514614.75mm 4 +
(5620mm )

= 2634739.14 N
N Ed = 328000 N
N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 2634739.14 N
236

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

= 1747336.905 N

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z
= 0.244

(previously calculated)


N
1 Ed
N
cr ,TF

= 0.20 1.77 4 1 328000 N 1 328000 N =

1747336.905 N 2634739.14 N

Therefore:

0 = 0.810

N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed
N cr , z


1 N Ed

N cr ,TF

= 0.244

N
N
0 = 0.810 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N
N

The

cr , z

cr ,TF



y a LT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

1 + y a LT


Cmz = Cmz , 0

a LT
2
CmLT = Cmy

N
N
= 0.244
1 Ed 1 Ed


N cr , z
N cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

a LT = 1

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 3179229.533mm 3

1274 10 6 Nmm
7815.2mm 2

= 9.55
328000 N
3179229.533mm 3

It
514614.75mm 4
= 1
= 0.9996 1
Iy
1448234429mm 4

237

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

The bending moment is null at the end of the column, therefore:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=0

N Ed
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 95035371.44 N = 95035.37 kN (previously calculated)

C my , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 (0 0.33)

C my = C my , 0 + (1 C my , 0 )
2

CmLT = Cmy

y a LT

= 0.79 + (1 0.79)

1 + y a LT

aLT

1 N Ed
N
cr , z

CmLT = 0.949 2

k yy = Cmy CmLT

238

328000 N
= 0.79
95035371.44 N


1 N Ed
N
cr ,T

9.55 1
= 0.949
1 + 9.55 1

1
328000 N
328000 N

1
1
1747336.905 N 2634739.14 N
y

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

= 0.949 1.068

= 1.068

1
= 1.0161
328000 N
1
95035371.44 N

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.29.2.8Internal factor, k yz , calculation

k yz = C mz

N Ed
N cr , z

C mz = C mz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)


k yz = C mz

N Ed
N cr , z

= 0.7677

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.7677
N cr , z
1747336.905 N

1
= 0.945
328000 N
1
1747336.905 N

13.29.2.9Internal factor, k zy , calculation

k zy = C my C mLT

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , z
1747336.905 N
=
z =
= 0.893
N Ed
328000 N
1 0.479
1 z
1747336.905 N
N cr , z
1

k zy = Cmy CmLT

z
1

N Ed
N cr , y

= 0.949 1.068

0.893
= 0.908
328000 N
1
95035371.44 N

13.29.2.10Internal factor, k zz , calculation

k zz = C mz

z
1

N Ed
N cr , z

= 0.7677

0.893
= 0.844
328000 N
1
1747336.905 N

13.29.2.11Bending and axial compression verification

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M z , Ed + M z , Rd
N Ed

+
k
k
yz
yy

M z , Rk
N
M
y Rk
LT y , Rk
M1
M1
M1

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
+ M z , Rd
M
N Ed
+ k zy
+ k zz z , Ed

M z , Rk
N Rk
M
LT y , Rk
z
M1
M1
M1

N Rk = f y Ai

239

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

328000 N
1274 10 6 Nmm
1
.
0161
+

+
7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
0.589
1
1
6
127.4 10 Nmm
+ 0.945
= 0.15 + 2.51 + 1.808 = 4.47
242068.10mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
328000 N
1274 10 6 Nmm
0
.
908
+

+
7815.2mm 2 275 N / mm 2
3179229.533mm 3 275 N / mm 2
0.479
0.589
1
1
6
127.4 10 Nmm
= 0.32 + 2.24 + 1.61 = 4.14
+ 0.844
242068.10mm 3 275 N / mm 2
1
Finite elements modeling

240

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

241

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

242

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k zy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zy

Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zz

243

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy

244

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz

245

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz

246

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.29.2.12Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.48

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

1.011

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

0.95

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.902

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.84

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the


compression effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis

0.15

SMyy
SMyz
SMzy
SMzz

2.50
1.81
2.23
1.61

13.29.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

Value
1 adim

Error
0.0000 %

Xz

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

0.479165
adim

-0.1740 %

Kyy

Internal factor kyy

1.01066
adim

-0.0336 %

Kyz

Internal factor kyz

0.9451 adim

-0.5158 %

Kzy

Internal factor kzy

0.902094
adim

0.0104 %

Kzz

Internal factor kzz

0.843573
adim

0.4254 %

#SNy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the compression effort over the Y axis

term

0.152455
adim

1.6367 %

#SMyy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis

term

2.49874
adim

-0.0504 %

#SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis

term

1.80865
adim

-0.0746 %

#SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis

term

2.23031
adim

0.0139 %

#SMzz

Bending and axial compression verification


depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis

term

1.61436
adim

0.2708 %

247

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30 EC3 Test 29: Verifying an user defined I section class 1, column hinged on base and restrained
on top for the X, Y translation and Z rotation
Test ID: 5729
Test status: Passed

13.30.1Description
The test verifies a user defined cross section column.
The column is an I symmetric shape with: 260mm height; 150mm width; 7.1mm web thickness; 10.7mm flange
thickness; 0mm fillet radius and 0mm rounding radius. The column is made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 328 kN axial compression force and 50kNm bending moment after the Y axis and 10kNm
bending moment after the Z axis. All the efforts are applied to the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.30.2Background
An I260*7.1+150*10.7 shaped column subjected to compression and bending, made from S275 steel. The column
has a 260x7.1mm web and 150x10.7mm flanges. The column is fixed for all translations and free for all rotations, at
its base, and on the top end, the translations over the X and Y axes and the rotation over the Z axis are not
permitted. In the middle of the column there is a restraint over the Y axis, therefore the bucking length for the XY
plane is equal to half of the column length. The column is subjected to an axial compression load -328000 N, a
10000Nm bending moment after the X axis and a 50000Nm bending moment after the Y axis
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.30.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2005;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

248

Exploitation loadings (category A): Fz=-328000N N; My=50000Nm; Mx=10000Nm;


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q
Cross section dimensions are in millimeters (mm).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometrical properties

Column length: L=5620mm

Cross section area:

Overall breadth:

Flange thickness:

r = 0mm
Web thickness: t w = 7.10mm

Depth of the web:

Elastic modulus after the Y axis, Wel , y

Plastic modulus after the Y axis, Wy

Elastic modulus after the Z axis, Wel , z

= 80344.89mm 3

Plastic modulus after the Z axis, W pl , z

= 123381.96mm3

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I z

A = 4904.06mm 2
b = 150mm

t f = 10.70mm

Root radius:

hw = 260mm

= 445717.63mm3

= 501177.18mm3

I y = 57943291.64mm 4

= 6025866.46mm 4
4
Torsional moment of inertia: I t = 149294.97 mm

Working inertial moment: I w

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Materials properties
S275 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa

249

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Restraint of translation over the Y axis at half (z=2.81)
Support at start point (z = 5.62) restrained in translation along X and Y axis, and restrained in rotation
along Z axis,

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load From X=0.00m and z=5.62m: FZ =-328000N; Mx=10000Nm and My=50000Nm

250

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30.2.2Cross section Class


According to Advance Design calculations:
Cross-class classification is made according to Table 5.2

- for beam web:


The web dimensions are 238.6x7.1mm.

= 2
1

N Ed
0.328
1 = 2
1 = 0.78 > 1
A fy
0.0109 275
N

0.328

Ed
= 1 +
= 1 +
= 0.85 > 0.5
f y t d 2 275 0.2386 0.0071
2

251

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

235
=
fy

235
= 0.924
275

c 260mm 2 10.7 mm

= 33.61 c
=
396 0.924
396
= 36.41
=
7.1mm
t
= 33.6
.
85
1
13
1
13
0

= 0.924

therefore the beam

web is considered to be Class 1


-for beam flange:

150 7.1

c
c
2
=
= 6.68 = 6.68 9 0.924 = 8.316
t
10.7
t

= 0.924
In conclusion, the section is considered to be Class 1.

252

therefore the haunch is considered to be Class1

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30.2.3Buckling verification
a) over the strong axis of the section, y-y:
- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.34
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Y-Y axis:

y coefficient

corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness

will be determined from the relevant buckling

curve according to:

y =

1
2

y + y y

(6.49)

y the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1 cross-sections:

y =

A * fy
N cr , y

Cross section area:

A = 4904.06mm 2

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis: I y

= 57943291.64mm 4

253

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

A f y

y =

N cr , y

210000 N / mm 2 57943291.64mm 4

(5620mm)

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.5956
3802327.95 N

y = 0.5 1 + ( y 0.2) + y = 0.5 [1 + 0.34 (0.5956 0.2) + 0.5956 2 ] = 0.7446

y =

1
2

y + y y

y 1

= 0.839
0.7446 + 0.7446 0.5956
y = 0.839

b) over the weak axis of the section, z-z:


- the imperfection factor will be selected according to Tables 6.1 and 6.2:

= 0.49
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness after Z-Z axis:

254

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


according to:
z =

1
2

z + z z

will be determined from the relevant buckling curve

(6.49)

z the non-dimensional slenderness corresponding to Class 1, 2 and 3 cross-sections:


A* f y

z =

N cr , z

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis:


Cross section area:

N cr , z =

A fy

z =

A = 4904.06mm 2

E Iz
l fz

N cr , z

I z = 6025866.46mm 4

210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4

(2810mm )

= 1581706.51N = 31581.71kN

4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.923
1581706.51N

z = 0.5 1 + ( z 0.2) + z = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.923 0.2) + 0.9232 ] = 1.103

z =

1
2

z + z z

z 1

= 0.586
1.103 + 1.103 0.923
z = 0.586

255

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30.2.4Lateral torsional buckling verification


a) for the top part of the column:
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram
allure

C1 =

256

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
M y ,botom
M y ,top

25kN
=
= 0.5 C1 = 1.31
25kN

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 57943291.64mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I z


Torsional moment of inertia: I t
Working inertial moment: I w

= 6025866.46mm 4

= 149294.97mm 4

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Warping inertial moment (recalculated):
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

Iw =

I z (h t f

h cross section height; h

= 260mm

tf

t f = 10.7 mm

flange thickness;

6025866.46mm 4 (260mm 10.7mm )


= 93627638290mm 6
Iw =
4
2

According to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column: L=2810mm

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
I w L G It
+
= 1.31

Iz E Iz
(2810mm )2

93627638290mm6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4


+
= 1.31 1581706.51N 152.20mm =
6025866.46mm 4
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
= 315363380.74 Nmm = 315.36kNm
2

LT =

W pl , y f y
M cr

Calculation of the

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT

LT =

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.661
315363380.74 Nmm

LT + LT LT

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

will be determined with formula:

(6.56)

257

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:

h 260mm
=
= 1.733 2
b 150mm

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

LT = 0.49

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.661 0.2) + 0.661 ] = 0.831

LT =

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.749 1
0.831 + 0.831 0.661

b) for the bottom part of the column:


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation, Mcr:
- the transversal load is applied to the shear center, therefore C2zg=0 and the moment formula will be:

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

I w L G It
+
Iz E Iz
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2; (3)

- where:
C1 is a coefficient that depends of several parameters, such as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure

C1 =

1
0.325 + 0.423 + 0.252
According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3; (6)

258

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

is the fraction of the bending moment from the column extremities:

0
=0
637 kNm

= 0 C1 = 1.77

According to EN 1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 3.2; Table 1

Flexion inertia moment around the Y axis:

I y = 57943291.64mm 4

Flexion inertia moment around the Z axis: I z


Torsional moment of inertia: I t
Working inertial moment: I w

= 6025866.46mm 4

= 149294.97mm 4

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Yield strength fy = 275 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 210000 MPa.
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa
Warping inertial moment (recalculated):
IW is the warping inertia (deformation inertia moment):

Iw =

I z (h t f

h cross section height; h

tf

flange thickness;

= 260mm

t f = 10.7 mm

6025866.46mm 4 (260mm 10.7mm )


Iw =
= 93627638290mm 6
4
2

According to EN1993-1-1-AN France; Chapter 2 (4)


Length of the column: L=2810mm

259

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M cr = C1

E Iz
L

2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
I w L G It

+
= 1.77

Iz E Iz
(2810mm )2

93627638290mm6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4

+
= 1.77 1581706.51N 152.20mm =
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
6025866.46mm 4
= 426102243.6 Nmm = 426.10kNm
2

LT =

W pl , y f y
M cr

Calculation of the

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.569
426102243.6 Nmm

LT for appropriate non-dimensional slenderness LT


LT =

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT

LT + LT LT

will be determined with formula:

(6.56)

The cross section buckling curve will be chose according to Table 6.4:

h 260mm
=
= 1.733 2
b 150mm

The imperfection factor will be chose according to Table 6.3:

LT = 0.49

LT = 0.5 1 + LT ( LT 0.2) + LT = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (0.569 0.2) + 0.569 ] = 0.752

LT =

260

LT + LT LT

1
= 0.804 1
0.752 + 0.752 0.569

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30.2.5Internal factor, k yy , calculation


The internal factor k yy corresponding to a Class 1 section will be calculated according to Annex A, Table a.1, and will
be calculated separately for the two column parts separate by the middle torsional lateral restraint:
a) for the top part of the column:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

`1
C yy

N Ed
N cr , y
y =
N
1 y Ed
N cr , y
1

y = 0.839

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 328kN
N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

(previously calculated)

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , y
3802327.95 N
= 0.985
=
y =
328000 N
N Ed
1 0.839
1 y
3802327.95 N
N cr , y
1

261

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The

Cmy will be calculated according to Table A.1:

Calculation of the 0 term:

0 =

W pl , y f y
M cr 0
According to Eurocode 3 EN 1993-1-1-2005; Chapter 6.3.2.2

W y = 501177.18mm
The calculation the

M cr = C1

M cr 0

E Iz
L

will be calculated using

C1 = 1 and C2 = 0 , therefore:

2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
I w L G It
+
= 1

Iz E Iz
(2810mm )2

93517065421.88mm6 (2810mm ) 80800 N / mm 2 149294.97 mm 4

+
= 1 1581706.51N 152.20mm =
2 210000 N / mm 2 6025866.46mm 4
6025866.46mm 4
= 240735730.8 Nmm = 240.73kNm
2

0 =

262

W pl , y f y
M cr

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
= 0.757
240735730.8 Nmm

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Calculation of the

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

term:

Where:
- for a symmetrical section for the both axis,

N cr ,T =

1
I0

N cr ,TF = N cr ,T

2 E I w
G I t +
Lcr ,T

The mass moment of inertia I 0

I 0 = I y + I z + A z g2 = I y + I z = 57943291.64mm 4 + 6025866.46mm 4 = 63969158.1mm 4


Torsional moment of inertia: I t
Working inertial moment: I w
- the buckling length,

= 149294.97mm 4

= 93517065421.88mm 6

Lcr ,T ,

Lcr ,T = 2.81m

2 210000 N / mm 2 93517065421.88mm6
=
80800 N / mm 2 149294.97mm 4 +
(2810mm )

= 2806625.68 N = 2806.63kN
N cr ,T =

4904.06mm 2
63969158.1mm 4

N Ed = 328000 N
N cr ,TF = N cr ,T = 2806625.68 N

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

= 1581706.51N = 31581.71kN

(previously calculated)

C1=1 for the top part of the column


For the top part of the column:

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z
N cr ,TF

= 0.183

= 0.20 1 4

328000 N
328000 N

=
1
1
1581706.51N 2806625.68 N

263

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:
For the top part of the column:

0 = 0.757

N
N
0.20 C1 4 1 Ed 1 Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF

= 0.183

N
0 = 0.757 > 0.20 C1 4 1 Ed

The


1 N Ed
N cr , z N cr ,TF



y aLT
Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

1 + y aLT

Cmz = Cmz , 0

aLT
2
CmLT = Cmy

= 0.183
1 N Ed 1 N Ed
N N

cr , z
cr ,T

Cmy coefficient takes into account the column behavior in the buckling plane: the buckling and bending moment distribution.

The coefficient must be calculated considering the column over the entire height.

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

y aLT
1 + y aLT

Aeff
Weff , y

Elastic modulus after the Y axis,

y =

M y ,Ed
N Ed

aLT = 1
The

264

Aeff
Weff , y

Wel , y = Weff , y = 445717.63mm3

50 106 Nmm 4904.06mm 2

= 1.677
328000 N
445717.63mm3

It
149294.97 mm 4
=1
= 0.997 1
57943291.64mm 4
Iy

Cm 0 coefficient is defined according to the Table A.2:

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The bending moment in null at one end of the column, therefore:

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

=0

N Ed
N
= 0.79 0.36 0.33 Ed
N cr , y
N cr , y

Where:

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

(previously calculated)

N Ed = 328000 N
Cmy , 0 = 0.79 0.36 0.33

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

328000 N
= 0.780
3802327.95 N

y aLT
1 + y aLT

= 0.780 + (1 0.780)

Equivalent uniform moment factor,

CmLT , calculation

Equivalent uniform moment factor,

CmLT , calculation

1.677 1
= 0.904
1 + 1.677 1

CmLT must be calculated separately for each column part, separated by the lateral buckling restraint

CmLT = Cmy

- the

C my

a LT

1 N Ed

N cr , z

term used for


1 N Ed

N cr ,T

CmLT calculation,

must be recalculated for the corresponding column part (in this case the top column

part)
- this being the case,

C my

will be calculated using

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y a LT
1 + y a LT

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

y =

M y ,Ed
N Ed

Aeff
Weff , y

= 0.5 :

N Ed
238000 N
= 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33)
= 0.900
N cr , y
3802327.95 N

50 106 Nmm 4904.06mm 2

= 1.677
328000 N
445717.63mm3

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y aLT
1 + y aLT

= 0.900 + (1 0.900)

(previously calculated)

1.677 1
= 0.956
1 + 1.677 1

265

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

aLT

N
N

Ed
Ed
1

N 1 N

cr , z
cr ,T

0
.
997
= 0.9562
= 1.089 CmLT = 1.089
328000 N
328000 N

1
1

1581706.51N 2806625.68 N

CmLT 1

The C yy coefficient is defined according to the Table A.1, Auxiliary terms:


2
CmLT = Cmy

2
W
1.6

1.6
2
2

C yy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2
Cmy max
Cmy max n pl bLT el , y

wy
wy

W pl , y

bLT = 0.5 aLT 0

M y , Ed

LT M pl , y , Rd

M z , Ed
M pl , z , Rd

bLT must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending on 0

0 = C1 LT = 1.31 0.661 = 0.757

266

(for the top part of the column)

and

LT :

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

M y , Ed

bLT = 0.5 aLT 0

LT M pl , y , Rd

= 0.5 0.997 0.757 2


= 0.041
wy =

n pl =

W pl , y
Wel , y

2
M y , Ed
M z , Ed
M z , Ed

= 0.5 aLT 0

LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y
M pl , z , Rd

50000000 Nmm
10000000 Nmm

=
3
2
0.749 501177.18mm 275 N / mm 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2

501177.18mm 3
= 1.124 1.5
445717.63mm 3

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.243
=
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
M1
1

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;0.923) = 0.923

1.6
1.6

C yy = 1 + (1.124 1) 2
0.904 0.923
0.904 0.923 0.243 0.041 = 0.993
1.124
1.124

C yy = 0.993

3
Wel , y 445717.63mm

0
.
889
=
=
C yy = 0.993
3
W pl , y 501177.18mm

C yy el , y
W pl , y

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

Therefore, the

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

(previously calculated)

k yy term corresponding to the top part of the column will be:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

y
1

N Ed
N cr , y

`1
= 0.904 1.089
C yy
1

1
0.985

= 1.069
328000 N
0.993
3802327.95 N

267

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

- the terms:

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

CmLT ; bLT

2
CmLT = Cmy

- the

and

`1
C yy

C yy

must be recalculated:

aLT

1 N Ed 1 N Ed

N cr , z
N cr ,T

Cmy term must be calculated corresponding to the bottom part of the column (with = 0) :

Cmy , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

y =

M y , Ed
N Ed

Aeff
Weff , y

N Ed
238000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.780
N cr , y
3802327.95 N

25 106 Nmm
4904.06mm 2

= 0.839
328000 N
445717.63mm3

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

y aLT
1 + y aLT

aLT

= 0.780 + (1 0.780)

0.839 1
= 0.885
1 + 0.839 1

N
N

Ed
Ed


1
N 1 N

cr , z
cr ,T

0.997
2
= 0.933 CmLT = 1
= 0.885
328000 N
328000 N

1
1

1581706.51N 2806625.68 N

CmLT 1

2
CmLT = Cmy

268

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2
W
1.6

1.6
2
2
C yy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2
Cmy
max
Cmy
max n pl bLT el , y

wy
wy
W pl , y

M y , Ed

bLT = 0.5 aLT 0

LT M pl , y , Rd

M z , Ed
M pl , z , Rd

-the

bLT must be calculated separately for each of the two column parts, depending of 0
W pl , y f y

0 =

M cr

LT =

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
=
= 0.757
240735730.8 Nmm
1

LT + LT LT

LT M pl , y , Rd

= 0.5 0.997 0.757 2


= 0.0095
wy =

n pl =

W pl , y
Wel , y

LT :

(for the bottom part of the column)

1
= 0.804 1 (for the bottom part of the column)
0.752 + 0.752 0.569

M y , Ed

bLT = 0.5 aLT 0

and

2
M y , Ed
M z , Ed
M z , Ed
= 0.5 aLT 0

M pl , z , Rd
LT W pl , y f y W pl , z f y

5000000 Nmm
25000000 Nmm

=
3
2
0.804 501177.18mm 275 N / mm 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2

501177.18mm 3
= 1.124 1.5
445717.63mm 3

N Ed
328000 N
=
= 0.243
N Rk 4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
M1
1

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;0.923) = 0.923

1.6
1.6

C yy = 1 + (1.124 1) 2
0.904 0.923
0.904 0.923 0.243 0.0095 = 0.997
1.124
1.124

C yy = 0.997

Wel , y 445717.63mm3

=
= 0.889 C yy = 0.997
3
W pl , y 501177.18mm

C yy el , y
W pl , y

N cr , y =

E Iy
l fy

= 3802327.95 N = 3802.33kN

(previously calculated)

269

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore the

k yy term corresponding to the bottom part of the column will be:

k yy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

`1
= 0.904 1
C yy
1

0.985
1

= 0.977
328000 N
0.997
3802327.95 N

Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.

13.30.2.6Internal factor, k yz , calculation

k yz = Cmz

-the

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

1
wz
0.6
C yz
wy

Cmz ter will be considered for the entire column length (with = 0) :

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.765
N cr , z
1581706.51N

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , y
3802327
.95 N
y =
=
= 0.985
N Ed
328000 N
1 0.839
1 y
3802327.95 N
N cr , y
1

N cr , z =

E Iz
l fz

= 1581706.51N

(previously calculated)
(previously calculated)

Cmz max

C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14
n pl cLT
5
wz

cLT = 10 aLT
aLT = 1

0 =
z =

5+ z

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

It
149294.97 mm 4
= 0.997
=1
57943291.64mm 4
Iy

W pl , y f y
M cr
A fy
N cr , z

501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
=
= 0.757
240735730.8 Nmm

(previously calculated)

4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
= 0.923
1581706.51N

(previously calculated)

M y , Ed = 50000 Nm

wz =

W pl , z
Wel , z

w z 1.5

270

(previously calculated)

123381.96mm 3
= 1.536 1.5
3
80344.89mm
w z = 1.5

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

wy =
- the

W pl , y
Wel , y

Cmy

501177.18mm 3
= 1.124 1.5
445717.63mm 3

term will be considered separately for each column part:

a) for the top part of the column:

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

LT =

LT + LT LT

y aLT
1 + y aLT
=

= 0.900 + (1 0.900)

1.677 1
= 0.956
1 + 1.677 1

1
= 0.749 1
0.831 + 0.831 0.661

(previously calculated)

(previously calculated)

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm


2

cLT = 10 aLT

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

5 + z
0.757
50000000 Nmm
= 10 0.997

= 0.506
4
5 + 0.923 0.956 0.749 137823724.5 Nmm

N cr , z =

E Iz

= 1581706.51N

l fz

(previously calculated

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.765
N cr , z
1581706.51N

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;0.923) = 0.923

n pl =

N Ed
= 0.243
N Rk

(previously calculated)

M1

- Therefore:
2

max

mz
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14
n pl cLT =
5
w
z

0.7652 0.9232
0.243 0.506 = 0.878
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 14
5
1.5

k yz = Cmz

y
1

N Ed
N cr , z

1
wz
0.6
= 0.765
C yz
wy
1

0.985
1
1.5

0.6
= 0.750
328000 N
0.878
1.124
1581706.51N

271

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the bottom part of the column:

Cmy = Cmy , 0 + (1 Cmy , 0 )

LT =

LT + LT LT

y aLT
1 + y aLT
=

= 0.780 + (1 0.780)

0.839 1
= 0.885
1 + 0.839 1

1
= 0.804 1
0.752 + 0.752 0.569

(previously calculated)

(previously calculated)

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm


2

cLT = 10 aLT

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

5 + z
0.757
25000000 Nmm
= 10 0.997

= 0.254
4
5 + 0.923 0.885 0.804 137823724.5 Nmm
E Iz
N cr , z =
= 1581706.51N (previously calculated
l fz

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.765
N cr , z
1581706.51N

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;0.923) = 0.923

n pl =

N Ed
= 0.243
N Rk

(previously calculated)

M1
-Therefore:

max

mz
C yz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2 14
n pl cLT =
5
w
z

0.7652 0.9232
0.243 0.254 = 1.0043
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2 14
5
1.5

k yz = Cmz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

wz
1
0.6
= 0.765
C yz
wy
1

0.985
1
1.5

0.6
= 0.656
328000 N
1.0043
1.124
1581706.51N

Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.

272

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30.2.7Internal factor, k zy , calculation


a) for the top part of the column:

k zy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

wz
1
0.6
C zy
wy

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , z
1581706
.51N
z =
=
= 0.902
328000 N
N Ed
1 0.586
1 z
1581706.51N
N cr , z
1

z = 0.586

(previously calculated)

wy Wel , y
max

my
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14

0
.
6

pl
LT

w5y
wz W pl , y

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm


M pl , z , Rd = Wz f z = 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm2 = 33930039 Nmm
-in order to calculate the
-the term

d LT term, the terms Cmy and Cmz

must be recalculated for each column part;

Cmz must be recalculated for the top column part only, using = 0.5 :

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33)


= 0.79 + 0.21 0.5 + 0.36 (0.5 0.33)

d LT = 2 aLT

M y ,Ed

N Ed
=
N cr , z

328000 N
= 0.908
1581706.51N

M z ,Ed
=
Cmz M pl , z ,Rd

Cmy LT M pl , y ,Rd
0.1 + z
0.757
50000000 Nmm
10000000 Nmm
= 2 0.997

=
4
0.1 + 0.923 0.956 0.749 137823724.5 Nmm 0.908 33930039 Nmm
= 0.301
4

273

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

2
2

0.904 1.847

= 1 + (1.124 1) 2 14
0
.
243
0
.
301
0
.
859

1.1245

C zy = 0.859

wy Wel , y
1.5
445717.63mm 3

0 .6

= 0.6

= 0.616
3

wz W pl , y
1.124 501177.18mm

wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6

wz W pl , y

max

my
C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14
n pl d LT =
5
wy

- for the calculation of the C zy term,

k zy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

Cmy

will be used for the entire column and

wy
1
0.6
= 0.904 1.089
C zy
wz
1

d LT

will be used for the top column part:

0.902
1
1.124

0.6
= 0.588
328000 N
0.859
1 .5
3802327.95 N

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k zy = Cmy CmLT

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

wz
1
0.6
C zy
wy

N Ed
328000 N
1
N cr , z
1581706.51N
= 0.902
=
z =
328000 N
N Ed
1 0.586
1 z
1581706.51N
N cr , z
1

z = 0.586

(previously calculated)

C
wy Wel , y

max

my

C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14
n pl d LT 0.6
5
wy
wz W pl , y

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm

M pl , z , Rd = Wz f z = 123381.96mm3 275 N / mm2 = 33930039 Nmm


- in order to calculate the
- the term

d LT term, the terms Cmy and Cmz

Cmz must be recalculated for the top column part only, using = 0 :

Cmz = Cmz , 0 = 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)

274

must be recalculated for each column part;

N Ed
328000 N
= 0.79 + 0.36 ( 0.33)
= 0.765
1581706.51N
N cr , z

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

d LT = 2 aLT

M y ,Ed

M z ,Ed
=
Cmz M pl , z ,Rd

Cmy LT M pl , y ,Rd
0.1 + z
0.757
25000000 Nmm
5000000 Nmm
= 2 0.997

=
4
0.1 + 0.923 0.885 0.804 137823724.5 Nmm 0.765 33930039 Nmm
= 0.090
4

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;0.923) = 0.923

2
2

0.885 0.923

0
.
243
0
.
090
0
.
892
=

= 1 + (1.124 1) 2 14

1
.
124

C zy = 0.892

wy Wel , y
1.124 445717.63mm3

0.6

= 0.6

= 0.462
3

wz W pl , y
1.5
501177.18mm

wy Wel , y
C zy 0.6

wz W pl , y

Cmy max

C zy = 1 + ( wy 1) 2 14
n pl d LT =
5
wy

- for the calculation of the

k zy = Cmy CmLT

C zy

N
1 Ed
N cr , y

term,

Cmy

will be used for the entire column and

wy
1
0.6
= 0.904 1.089
C zy
wz
1

d LT will be used for the top column part:

0.902
1
1.124

0.6
= 0.566
328000 N
0.892
1.5
3802327.95 N

Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.

13.30.2.8Internal factor, k zz , calculation


a) for the top part of the column:

k zz = Cmz

z
1

N Ed
N cr , z

1
C zz

1.6
1.6
2
2
Cmz
max
Cmz
max n pl eLT el , z
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2
wz
wz

W pl , z

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm


- in calculating the

eLT , the Cmy

eLT = 1.7 a LT

0
4

term must be used accordingly with the corresponding column part

M y ,Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y ,Rd

0.1 + z
0.757
50000000 Nmm
= 1.7 0.997

= 0.787
4
0.1 + 0.923 0.956 0.749 501177.18mm 3 275 N / mm 2
275

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

- for the calculation of the

C zz

term, C mz will be used for the entire column and

eLT will be used for the top column part:

1.6
1.6
2
2
2
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2
0.765 1.847
0.765 1.847 0.787 0.243 = 1.013

1
.
5
1
.
5

C zz = 1.013
Wel , z
80344.89mm3

=
= 0.651

W pl , z 123381.96mm3

Wel , z
C zz

W pl , z

1
0.902
1
z

1.6
1.6
2
2
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2
Cmz
max
Cmz
max eLT n pl =
wz
wz

k zz = Cmz

N Ed
N cr , z

C zz

= 0.765

328000 N
1581706.51N

1.013

= 0.860

b) for the bottom part of the column:

k zz = Cmz

z
1

N Ed
N cr , z

1
C zz

1.6
1.6
2
2
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2
Cmz
max n pl eLT el , z
Cmz
max
wz
wz

W pl , z

M pl , y , Rd = Wy f y = 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2 = 137823724.5 Nmm


- in calculating the

eLT , the Cmy

eLT = 1.7 aLT

term must be used according to the corresponding column part

M y , Ed
Cmy lt M pl , y , Rd

0.1 + z
0.757
25000000 Nmm
= 1.7 0.997

= 0.396
4
0.1 + 0.923 0.885 0.804 501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
- for the calculation of the C zz term, C mz will be used for the entire column and eLT will be used for the top column part:

max = max y ; z = max(0.5956;0.923) = 0.923

1.6
1.6

0.7652 0.9232 0.396 0.243 = 1.060


0.7652 0.923
= 1 + (1.5 1) 2

1.5
1.5

C zz = 1.060
Wel , z
80344.89mm3

=
= 0.651
3

W pl , z 123381.96mm

Wel , z
C zz

W pl , z

1.6
1.6
2
2
max eLT n pl =
max
Cmz
Cmz
C zz = 1 + ( wz 1) 2
wz
wz

276

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

k zz = Cmz

N
1 Ed
N cr , z

1
= 0.765
C zz
1

0.902
1

= 0.821
328000 N
1.060
1581706.51N

Note: The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.

13.30.2.9Bending and axial compression verification

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k yy
+ k yz z , Ed

N
M
M z , Rk
y Rk
LT y , Rk
M1
M1
M1

M y , Ed + M y , Rd
M
+ M z , Rd
N Ed
+ k zy
+ k zz z , Ed

N Rk
M
M z , Rk
LT y , Rk
z
M1
M1
M1

N Rk = f y Ai

a) for the top part of the column:

328000 N
50 106 Nmm
1
.
069
+

+
4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0.839
0.749
1
1
6
10 10 Nmm
+ 0.750
= 0.29 + 0.52 + 0.21 = 1.02
123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
1
328000 N
50 106 Nmm
0
.
588
+

+
4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0.586
0.804
1
1
6
10 10 Nmm
+ 0.860
= 0.41 + 0.27 + 0.25 = 0.93
123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
1

277

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the bottom part of the column:

328000 N
25 106 Nmm
+
0
.
977

+
4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0.839
0.804
1
1
6
5 10 Nmm
+ 0.656
= 0.29 + 0.22 + 0.97 = 1.30
123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
1
328000 N
25 106 Nmm
+
0
.
566

+
4904.06mm 2 275 N / mm 2
501177.18mm3 275 N / mm 2
0.586
0.804
1
1
6
5 10 Nmm
+ 0.821
= 0.42 + 0.13 + 0.12 = 0.67
123381.96mm3 275 N / mm 2
1
Finite elements modeling

278

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z


Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

279

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k yy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yy

Internal factor, k yz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k yz

280

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Internal factor, k zy
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zy

Internal factor, k zz
Column subjected to axial and shear force to the top

k zz

281

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Y axis: SNy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Y axis
SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Y axis: SMyy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyy

282

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Y axis: SMyz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Y axis
SMyz

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort over the Z axis: SNz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression effort
over the Z axis
SNz

283

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment over the Z axis: SMzy
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment over the Z axis: SMzz
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending moment
over the Z axis
SMzz

284

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support conditions; moment diagram allure
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support
conditions; moment diagram allure
C1

The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation


The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation
Mcr

285

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness


The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

LT

286

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.30.2.10Reference results
a) for the top part of the column:
Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

0.839

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.586

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

1.069

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

0.750

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.588

k zz

Internal factor, k zz

0.860

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression


effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending
moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending
moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the compression
effort over the z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y bending
moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z bending
moment over the Z axis
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties; support
conditions; moment diagram allure
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation

0.29

The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

0.749

SMyy
SMyz
SNz
SMzy
SMzz
C1
Mcr

LT

0.52
0.21
0.41
0.27
0.25
1.77
315.36

287

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

b) for the bottom part of the column:


Result name

Result description

Reference value

y coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness y

0.839

z coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness z

0.586

k yy

Internal factor, k yy

0.977

k yz

Internal factor, k yz

0.656

k zy

Internal factor, k zy

0.566

k zz

Internal factor, k zz

0.821

SNy

Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the


compression effort over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Y axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the
compression effort over the z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Y
bending moment over the Z axis
Bending and axial compression verification term depending of the Z
bending moment over the Z axis
Coefficient that depends of several parameters as: section properties;
support conditions; moment diagram allure
The elastic moment for lateral-torsional buckling calculation

0.29

The appropriate non-dimensional slenderness

0.804

SMyy
SMyz
SNz
SMzy
SMzz
C1
Mcr

LT
Note:

0.22
0.97
0.42
0.13
0.12
1.77
426.10

The software does not give the results of the lower section because it is not the most requested segment.

13.30.3Calculated results
Result name
Xy

Result description
Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness
by Y axis

Value
0.839285
adim

Xz

Coefficient corresponding to non-dimensional slenderness


by the Z axis

0.585533
adim

-0.0797 %

Kyy

Internal coefficient kyy

1.07027
adim

0.1188 %

Kyy

Internal coefficient kyy (bottom)

0.954475
adim

-2.3055 %

Kyz

Internal coefficient kyz

0.750217
adim

0.0289 %

Kyz

Internal coefficient kyz (bottom)

0.656481
adim

0.0733 %

Kzy

Internal coefficient kzy

0.593445
adim

0.9260 %

Kzy

Internal coefficient kzy (bottom)

0.508819
adim

-0.0356 %

Kzz

Internal coefficient kzz

0.860237
adim

0.0276 %

Kzz

Internal coefficient kzz (bottom)

0.821717
adim

0.0873 %

288

Error
0.0340 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.31 EC3 Test 31: Verifying IPE450 column fixed on base subjected to axial compression and
bending moment, both applied on top
Test ID: 5731
Test status: Passed

13.31.1Description
The test verifies an IPE450 column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to a -1000kN compression effort and a 200kNm bending moment by the Y axis.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

289

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.32 EC3 Test 15: Verifying a rectangular hollow section column subjected to bending and axial
efforts
Test ID: 5735
Test status: Passed

13.32.1Description
Verifies a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and axial efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.32.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending and axial efforts.
The name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is
fixed at its base and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load over its height and a punctual axial load applied on
the top. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.32.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

290

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = - 500 000 N,
Fx = 5 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 300 mm,


Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area:A = 9490 mm ,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Point load at z = 5.0: Fz = - 500 000 N,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 5 000 N/ml
Internal: None.

291

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.32.2.2Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance (Mpl,Rd) have to be compared with the design
values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while the design plastic moment resistance is verified considering the criterion (6.12) from chapter 6.2.5
(EN 1993-1-1).
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.

292

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).

c b 2 r 2 t 200mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


=
=
= 15
t
t
10mm

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to bending
and compression). It is also necessary to determine which portion of the web is compressed (). is determined
considering the stresses distribution on the web.

132 MPa
=
= 0.832 > 0.5
1 26.63MPa
c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm
=
=
= 25
10mm
t
t

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
396
= 25
= 40.34
t
13 1
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
293

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Verifying the design resistance for uniform compression


The design resistance for uniform compression, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.10) from EN
1993-1-1:2001.

N c , Rd =

A f

M0

9490mm 2 235MPa
= 2230150 N
1.0

The verification of the design resistance for uniform compression is done with relationship (6.9) from EN 1993-1-1.
The corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio =

F
N Ed
500000 N
100 = z 100 =
100 = 22.42%
N c , Rd
N c , Rd
2230150 N

Verifying the design plastic moment resistance


The design plastic moment resistance, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.13) from EN 1993-11:2001.

M c , Rd = M pl , Rd =

W pl , y f

M0

956000mm 3 235MPa
= 224660000 Nmm
1.0

The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:

Work ratio =

M Ed
100 =
M c , Rd

Finite elements modeling

294

L
5000mm
5 N / mm 5000mm
2 100 =
2
100 = 27.82%
M c , Rd
224660000 Nmm

q L

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression
Column subjected to bending and axial efforts
Work ratio Fx

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending


Column subjected to bending and axial efforts
Work ratio Oblique

295

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.32.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio Fx

Compression resistance work ratio [%]

22.42 %

Work ratio Oblique

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending

27.82 %

13.32.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx
Work
ratio
Oblique

296

Result description
Compression resistance work ratio
-

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending

Value
22.42 %
27.8198 %

Error
0.0000 %
-0.0007 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.33 EC3 Test 33: Verifying UPN300 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression,
uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and punctual vertical force by Z axis
Test ID: 5733
Test status: Passed

13.33.1Description
The test verifies an upn300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN compression force, 50 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 5kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.34 EC3 Test 35: Verifying C310x30.8 class 4 cantilever, loaded with centric compression, uniform
linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load applied on the free end
Test ID: 5737
Test status: Passed

13.34.1Description
The test verifies a C310x30.8 beam made of S355 steel.
The beam is subjected to 3.00 kN compression force, 1.80 kN punctual vertical load applied on the free end of the
beam and 1.2.kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.35 EC3 Test 37: Verifying RHS350x150x8.5H class 3 column, loaded with centric compression,
punctual lateral load and bending moment, all applied to the top of the column
Test ID: 5739
Test status: Passed

13.35.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x8.5H column made of S275 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN horizontal load applied on Y axis direction and 200 kNm
bending moment after the Y axis. All loads are applied on the top of the column.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.36 EC3 Test 30: Verifying IPE300 beam, simply supported, loaded with centric compression and
uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis
Test ID: 5730
Test status: Passed

13.36.1Description
The test verifies an IPE 300 beam made of
The beam is subjected to a 20kN compression effort, a -10kN/m uniform linear effort applied vertically and a -5kN/m
linear uniform load applied horizontal.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

297

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.37 EC3 Test 34: Verifying C310x30.8 class 3beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform
linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5734
Test status: Passed

13.37.1Description
The test verifies an C310x30.8 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 12 kN compression force, 8 kN PUNCTUAL vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 1.5 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.38 EC3 Test 36: Verifying RHS300x150x9H class 1 simply supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5738
Test status: Passed

13.38.1Description
The test verifies an RHS300x150x9H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 12 kN axial compression force, 7 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 3 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

298

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.39 EC3 Test 14: Verifying the bending resistance of a rectangular hollow section column made of
S235 steel
Test ID: 5728
Test status: Passed

13.39.1Description
Verifies the design resistance for bending of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French annex.

13.39.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section column made of S235 steel to resist bending efforts.
Verification of the design resistance for bending at ultimate limit state is realised. The name of the cross-section is
RC3020100 and can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The column is fixed at its base and it is
subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height (50 000 N). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.39.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:

Fx = 50 000 N,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

299

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 300 mm,


Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,
Column height: L = 5000 mm,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (z = 5.00).
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

300

External:
Point load at z = 2.5: V= Fx = 50 000 N,
Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.39.2.2Reference results for calculating the design resistance for bending


Before calculating the design resistance for bending, the cross section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the column is subjected to bending efforts, therefore the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.

301

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Taking into account that the top wing part is subjected to compression stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to compression).

c b 2 r 2 t 200mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


= 15
=
=
10mm
t
t

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 15 33 = 33
t
This means that the top wing is Class 1. Because the bottom wing is tensioned, it will be classified as Class 1.
The left/right web is subjected to bending stresses. Their class can be determined by considering the geometrical
properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted extract part subject to
bending):

c h 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


=
=
= 25
10mm
t
t

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 25 72 = 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.

302

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Design resistance for bending


The design resistance for bending, for Class 1 cross-section, is determined with formula (6.13) from EN 1993-11:2001.

M c , Rd =

W pl , y f

M0

956000mm 3 235MPa
= 224660000 Nmm
1.0

Work ratio
The verification of the design resistance for bending is done with relationship (6.12) from EN 1993-1-1. The
corresponding work ratio is:

Work ratio =

M Ed
M c , Rd

5000mm
L
50000 N
2
2 100 =
100 = 55.64%
100 =
224660000 Nmm
M c , Rd
V

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

303

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Column subjected to a punctual horizontal load applied to the middle height
Work ratio Oblique

13.39.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Oblique

Work ratio of the design resistance for bending [%]

55.64 %

13.39.3Calculated results
Result name
Work
ratio
Oblique

304

Result description
Work ratio of the design resistance for bending

Value
55.6396 %

Error
-0.0007 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.40 EC3 Test 32: Verifying IPE600 simple supported beam, loaded with centric compression and
uniform linear efforts by Y and Z axis
Test ID: 5732
Test status: Passed

13.40.1Description
The test verifies an IPE600 beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to a -3700kN compression force, a -10kN/m linear uniform vertical load and a -5kN/m linear
uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

305

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.41 EC3 Test 16: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to
biaxial bending
Test ID: 5736
Test status: Passed

13.41.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to biaxial bending.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.41.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel to resist bi-axial bending efforts. The
name of the cross-section is RC3020100 and it can be found in the Advance Design OTUA library. The beam is
simply supported and it is subjected to uniformly distributed loads over its length. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.41.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear;

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = - 10 000 N/ml,
Fy = 10 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

306

Height: h = 300 mm,


Width: b = 200 mm,
Thickness: t = 10 mm,
Outer radius: r = 15 mm,

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Beam length: L = 5000 mm,


Section area: A = 9490 mm2,
3
Plastic section modulus about y-y axis: Wpl,y = 956000 mm ,
3
Plastic section modulus about z-z axis: Wpl,z = 721000 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 105 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis, and restrained in rotation
about the X axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Uniformly distributed load: q1 = Fz = -10 000 N/ml
Uniformly distributed load: q2 = Fy = 10 000 N/ml
Internal: None.

307

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.41.2.2Reference results for calculating the beam subjected to bi-axial bending


In order to verify the steel beam subjected to bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be used.
Before verifying this criterion, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
The following results are determined according to Eurocode 3: Design of steel structures - Part 1-1: General rules
and rules for buildings (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), Chapter 5.5.2.
In this case, the stresses distribution is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 - sheet 1, from Chapter 5.5.2 (EN 1993-1-1: 2001), establish the rules to determine the class for
compressed parts. The picture below shows an extract from this table.

308

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Taking into account that the entire cross-section is subjected to bending stresses, its class can be determined by
considering the geometrical properties and the conditions described in Table 5.2 - sheet 1 (the above highlighted
extract part subject to bending).

c b 2 r 2 t 300mm 2 15mm 2 10mm


=
= 25
=
10mm
t
t

235
= 1.0
fy

Therefore:

c
= 25 72 = 72
t
This means that the left/right web is Class 1. As the dimensions for top/bottom wing are smaller than the left/right
web, they will be also classified as Class 1.
Because a cross-section is classified according to the least favorable classification of its compression elements
(chapter 5.5.2(6) from EN 1993-1-1: 2001), this means that the cross-section is Class 1.
Determining the design plastic moment resistance
Before verifying for bi-axial bending a rectangular structural hollow section of uniform thickness, the design plastic
moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (MN,Rd) needs to be determined. Its determination has to be made
about 2 axes (according to the bending efforts) and it will be done with formulae (6.39) and (6.40) from EN 1993-1-1.
Other terms involved in calculation have to be determined: aw, af, n.

Ratio of design normal force to design plastic resistance to normal forces, n:

n=

N Ed
as the beam is not subjected to axial efforts n = 0.
N pl , Rd

Determination of aw for hollow section:

aw =

A 2bt
0.5 a w = 0.5
A
309

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Determination of af for hollow section:

af =

Determination of aw for hollow section:

aw =

A 2 ht
0.5 a f = 0.3678
A
A 2bt
0.5 a w = 0.5
A

Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about y-y axis) reduced due to the axial force, MN,y,Rd:

M N , y , Rd =

M pl , y , Rd (1 n )

(1 0.5 aw )

M pl , y , Rd

In order to fulfill the above relationship MN,y,Rd must be equal to Mpl,y,Rd.

W pl , y f y

M N , y , Rd = M pl , y , Rd =

M0

956000mm 3 235MPa
= 22466 10 4 Nmm
1 .0

Determination of design plastic moment resistance (about z-z axis) reduced due to the axial force, MN,z,Rd:

M N , z , Rd =

M pl , z , Rd (1 n )

(1 0.5 a )

M pl , z , Rd

In order to fulfill the above relationship MN,z,Rd must be equal to Mpl,z,Rd.

W pl , z f y

M N , z , Rd = M pl , z , Rd =

M0

721000mm 3 235MPa
= 16943.5 10 4 Nmm
1.0

Verifying for bi-axial bending


Criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1 has to be fulfilled:

M y , Ed

M
N , y , Rd

M z , Ed
+
M
N , z , Rd

Determination of constants and for rectangular hollow section:

= =

1.66
6 = = 1.66
1 1.13 n 2

Determination of design bending moments (My,Ed and Mz,Ed) at the middle of the beam:

M y , Ed =

M z , Ed =

1.0

q1 L2
8

q 2 L2
8

10 N / mm 5000 2 mm 2
=
= 3125 10 4 Nmm
8

10 N / mm 5000 2 mm 2
=
= 3125 10 4 Nmm
8

Verifying criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1:


1.66

3125 10 4 Nmm

4
22466 10 Nmm
Work ratio =

310

1.66

3125 10 4 Nmm

+
4
16943.5 10 Nmm

0.098
100 = 9.8%
1.0

= 0.0378 + 0.0604 = 0.098 1.0

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Verifying for simple bending about y-y axis


For class 1 cross-section, design resistance for simple bending about y-y axis is verified using the criterion (6.12)
from EN 1993-1-1:

M y , Ed
M pl , y , Rd

Work ratio =

3125 10 4 Nmm
= 0.139 1.0
22466 10 4 Nmm

0.139
100 = 13.9%
1.0

Verifying for simple bending about z-z axis


For class 1 cross-section, design resistance for simple bending about z-z axis is verified using the criterion (6.12)
from EN 1993-1-1:

M z , Ed
M pl , z , Rd

Work ratio =

3125 10 4 Nmm
= 0.1844 1.0
16943.5 10 4 Nmm

0.1844
100 = 18.44%
1.0

As this work ratio is bigger than the others, we can consider it as reference.
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design resistance for bending
Beam subjected to bending efforts
Work ratio Oblique

311

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.41.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Oblique

Work ratio of the design resistance for biaxial bending

18.44 %

13.41.3Calculated results
Result name
Work
ratio
Oblique

312

Result description
Work ratio of the design resistance for biaxial bending

Value
18.4437 %

Error
0.2375 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.42 EC3 Test 18: Verifying a simply supported circular hollow section element subjected to
torsional efforts
Test ID: 5743
Test status: Passed

13.42.1Description
Verifies a simply supported circular hollow section element made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.43 EC3 Test 39: Verifying CHS323.9x6.3H class 2 beam, loaded with centric compression, uniform
linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5741
Test status: Passed

13.43.1Description
The test verifies a CHS323.9x6.3H beam made of S275 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 50 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 4 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.44 EC3 Test 38: Verifying RHS350x150x5H class 4 column, loaded with centric compression,
punctual horizontal force by Y and a bending moment, all applied to the top
Test ID: 5740
Test status: Passed

13.44.1Description
The test verifies a RHS350x150x5H column made of S355 steel.
The column is subjected to 680 kN compression force, 5 kN punctual horizontal load and 200 kNm bending moment,
all applied to the top.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

313

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.45 EC3 Test 45: Comparing the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made from different
steel materials
Test ID: 5745
Test status: Passed

13.45.1Description
The shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of S275 steel is compared with the shear resistance of the
same built-up beam made of a user-defined steel material.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.45.2Background
Verifies the shear resistance of a welded built-up beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined steel. The
beam is simply supported and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (20 000 N/ml) applied over its length. The
dead load will be neglected.
Also verifies the shear resistance of the same welded built-up beam made of S275 steel. The loading and support
conditions are the same.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.45.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear;

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = - 20 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System

314

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 300 mm,


Flange width: b = 150 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 10.7 mm,
Web thickness: tw = 7.1 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 5188 mm ,

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
500 MPa yield strength user-defined material and S275 steel are used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 500 MPa,


Yield strength (for S275 steel) fy = 275 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fz = -20 000 N/ml
Internal: None.

13.45.2.2Reference results for calculating the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section
In order to verify the steel beam subjected to shear, the criterion (6.18) from chapter 6.2.6 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be
used:

VEd
1.0
V pl , Rd

VEd represents the design value of the shear force:

VEd =

q L 20000 N / ml 5000mm
=
= 50000 N
2
2

Vpl,Rd represents the design plastic shear resistance. The design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section
is determined with formula (6.18) from EN 1993-1-1:2001. Before using it, the shear area (Av) has to be
determined.

315

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Shear area of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
According to chapter 5.1 from EN 1993-1-5, because the steel grade used for beam is higher than S460, the factor
for shear area () may be conservatively taken equal 1.0.
For a welded I sections, the shear area is determined according to chapter 6.2.6 (3) from EN 1993-1-1. As the load is
parallel to web, the shear area is:

Av = (hw t w ) = 1.0 (278.6mm 7.1mm) = 1978.06mm 2


Shear area of the cross section made of S275 steel
According to chapter 5.1 from EN 1993-1-5, because the steel grade used for beam is up to S460, the factor for
shear area () is 1.2.
As the load is parallel to web, the shear area becomes:

Av = (hw t w ) = 1.2 (278.6mm 7.1mm) = 2373.67mm 2


Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:

V pl , Rd =

Av

M0

3 =

1978.06mm 2
1.0

500 MPa
3
= 571016.7 N

The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 19931-1:

VEd
50000 N
=
= 0.0876 1.0
V pl , Rd 571016.7 N
The corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio =

VEd
50000 N
100 =
100 = 8.76%
V pl , Rd
571016.7 N

Design plastic shear resistance of the cross section made of S275 steel
EN 1993-1-1 provides the following formula to calculate the design plastic shear resistance of the cross-section:

V pl , Rd =

Av

M0

3 =

2373.67mm 2
1.0

275MPa
3
= 376870.7 N

The verification of the design plastic shear resistance of the cross section is done with criterion (6.18) from EN 19931-1:

VEd
50000 N
=
= 0.133 1.0
V pl , Rd 376870.7 N
The corresponding work ratio is:
Work ratio =

VEd
50000 N
100 =
100 = 13.27%
376870.7 N
V pl , Rd

Finite elements modeling

316

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of 500 MPa yield strength user-defined material)
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load applied over its length
Work ratio Fz

Work ratio of the design shear resistance (beam made of S275 steel)
Beam subjected to uniformly distributed load applied over its length
Work ratio Fz

13.45.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 275 MPa)

13.27 %

Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500 MPa)

8.76 %

13.45.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fz

Result description
Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 275
MPa)

Value
13.2671 %

Error
-0.0219 %

Work ratio - Fz

Work ratio of the design plastic shear resistance (fy = 500


MPa)

8.75631 %

-0.0421 %

317

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.46 EC3 Test 43: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam
considering the load applied on the lower flange
Test ID: 5750
Test status: Passed

13.46.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.47 EC3 Test 41: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam
considering the load applied on the lower flange
Test ID: 5753
Test status: Passed

13.47.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped laminated beam made of S235 steel, considering
the load applied on the lower flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load and 2
punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

318

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.48 EC3 test 8: Verifying the classification and the resistance of a column subjected to bending
and axial load
Test ID: 5632
Test status: Passed

13.48.1Description
Verifies the classification and the resistance for an IPE 600 column made of S235 steel subjected to bending and
axial force. The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.48.2Background
Classification and verification of an IPE 600 column, made of S235 steel, subjected to bending and axial force. The
column is fixed at its base and free on the top. The column is loaded by a compression force (1 000 000 N), applied
at its top, and a uniformly distributed load (50 000 N/ml). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.48.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load case (Q1) and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q1:


Fz = -1 000 000 N,
Fx = 50 000 N/ml,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q1

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 600 mm,


Flange width: b = 220 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 19 mm,
Column length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 15600 mm ,

Plastic section modulus about the strong y-y axis:

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

W pl , y = 3512000mm 3 ,

M 0 = 1.0 .
319

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Free at end point (x = 5.00).
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

320

External:
Point load at Z = 5.0: N = FZ = -1 000 000 N,
Uniformly distributed load: q = Fx = 50 000 N/ml
Internal: None.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.48.2.2Reference results for calculating the column subjected to bending and axial force
In order to verify the steel column subjected to bending and axial force, the design resistance for uniform
compression (Nc,Rd) and also the design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (MN,Rd) have to be
compared with the design values of the corresponding efforts.
The design resistance for uniform compression is verified considering the relationship (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN
1993-1-1), while for bi-axial bending, the criterion (6.41) from chapter 6.2.9.1 (EN 1993-1-1) has to be satisfied.
Before starting the above verifications, the cross-section class has to be determined.
Cross section class
Considering that the column is subjected to combined bending and axial compression, and also that its axial effort is
bigger than 835 kN, the following classification is made according to the CTICM journal no. 4 2005 (extracted of
journal):

So, according to this table, the column cross-section is Class 2.


Verifying the design resistance for uniform compression
Expression (6.10) from EN 1993-1-1 is used to determine the design compression resistance, Nc,Rd:

N c , Rd =

A fy

M0

15600mm 2 235MPa
= 3666000 N
1.0

In order to verify the design resistance for uniform compression, the criterion (6.9) from chapter 6.2.4 (EN 1993-1-1)
has to be satisfied:

N Ed
N
1000000 N
= 0.273 1.0 27.3% 100%
=
=
N c , Rd N c , Rd 3666000 N
Verifying the column subjected to bending and axial force
According to paragraph 6.2.9.1 (4) from EN 1993-1-1, allowance will not be made for the effect of the axial force on
the plastic resistance moment about the y-y axis if relationship (6.33) is fulfilled.

N Ed 0.25 N pl , Rd 1000000 N > 0.25 3666000 N = 916500 N


In this case, because the above verification is not fulfilled, the axial force has an impact on the plastic resistance
moment about the y-y axis.
In order to verify the column subjected to bending and axial force, the criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1 has to be
used. Supplementary terms need to be determined: design resistance for bending (Mpl,Rd), ratio of design normal
force to design plastic resistance to normal force of the gross cross-section (n), ratio of web area to gross area (a),
design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force (MN,Rd).

321

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Design plastic moment resistance:

M pl , y , Rd =

M0

3512000mm 3 235MPa
= 825320000 Nmm
1.0

N
N pl , Rd

1000000 N
= 0.273
3666000 N

Ratio of web area to gross area:

a=

Ratio of design normal force to design plastic resistance to normal force of the gross cross-section:

n=

W pl , y f y

A 2bt f
A

15600mm 2 2 220mm 19mm


=
= 0.464
15600mm 2

Design plastic moment resistance reduced due to the axial force is determined according to expression (6.36)
from EN 1993-1-1:

M N , y , Rd = M pl , y , Rd

1 n
1 0.5 a

M N , y , Rd = 825320000 Nmm

but

M N , y , Rd M pl , y , Rd

1 0.273
= 781259948 Nmm 825320000 Nmm
1 0.5 0.464

The column subjected to bending and axial force is verified with criterion (6.41) from EN 1993-1-1:

M y , Ed

M
N , y , Rd

M z , Ed
+
M
N , z , Rd

1.0

Because the column doesnt have bending moment about z axis, the second term from criterion (6.41) is
neglected. The verification becomes:

M y , Ed

M
N , y , Rd

q L2 / 2
=
1.0
M

N
y
Rd
,
,

2
2

q L / 2 = 50 N / mm (5000mm ) / 2 = 0.799 1.0 79.9% < 100%

M

781259948 Nmm

N , y , Rd

Finite elements modeling

322

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression


Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Fx

Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique bending


Column subjected to bending and axial force
Work ratio - Oblique

323

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.48.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Fx
Work ratio - Oblique

Work ratio of the design resistance for uniform compression [%]


Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique bending [%]

27.3 %
79.9 %

13.48.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx
Work
ratio
Oblique

324

Result description
Work ratio of the
compression
-

design

resistance

for

uniform

Work ratio of the design resistance for oblique bending

Value
27.2777 %

Error
-0.0084 %

79.9691 %

-0.0386 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.49 EC3 Test 17: Verifying a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam subjected to
torsional efforts
Test ID: 5742
Test status: Passed

13.49.1Description
Verifies a simply supported rectangular hollow section beam made of S235 steel subjected to torsional efforts.
The verification is made according to Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

325

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.50 EC3 Test 44: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up
beam considering the load applied on the upper flange
Test ID: 5749
Test status: Passed

13.50.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual bending moments, acting opposite to each other, applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.50.2Background
Determines the elastic critical moment (Mcr) and factors (C1, C2, LT) involved in the torsional buckling verification for
a simply supported steel beam. The beam is made of S235 steel and it is subjected to a uniformly distributed load (50
000 N/ml) applied over its length and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities (loads are applied to
the upper fibre). The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.50.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide devaluation Advance Design, EN 1993-1-1: 2001;

Analysis type: static linear;

Element type: linear.


The following load case and load combination are used:

326

Exploitation loadings (category A), Q:


Fz = - 50 000 N/ml,
6
My,1 = 142 x 10 Nmm,
6
My,2 = - 113.6 x 10 Nmm,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Cross section dimensions are in milimeters (mm).

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 260 mm,


Flange width: b = 150 mm,
Flange thickness: tf = 10.7 mm,
Web thickness: tw = 7.1 mm,
Beam length: L = 5000 mm,
2
Section area: A = 5188 mm ,
4
Flexion inertia moment about the z axis: Iz = 6025866.46 mm ,
4
Torsional moment of inertia: It = 149294.97 mm ,
6
Warping constant: Iw = 93517065421.88 mm ,
3
Plastic modulus about the y axis: Wy = 501177.18 mm

Partial factor for resistance of cross sections:

M 0 = 1.0 .

Materials properties
S235 steel material is used. The following characteristics are used:

Yield strength fy = 235 MPa,


5
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 2.1 x 10 MPa;
Shear modulus of rigidity: G=80800MPa.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and restrained rotation
along X axis.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Uniformly distributed load over its length: q = Fz = -50 000 N/ml
Bending moment at x=0: My,1 = 142 x 106 Nmm
6
Bending moment at x=5: My,2 = - 113.6 x 10 Nmm,
Internal: None.

327

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.50.2.2Reference results for calculating the elastic critical moment of the cross section
In order to determine the elastic critical moment of the cross section (Mcr), factors C1 and C2 have to be calculated.
They are determined considering the method provided at chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1. C1 and C2
coefficients are depending on the bending moment diagram along the member segment between lateral restraints.
The simply supported beam has the following bending moment diagram (the values are in Newton x meter):

For a beam subjected to uniformly distributed load and concentrated bending moments applied at its extremities, the
moments distribution is defined considering two parameters:

Ratio between the moments at extremities:

113600 Nm
= 0.8
142000 Nm

Ratio between the moment given by uniformly distributed load and the biggest bending moment from
extremity:

q L2 50 N / mm (5000mm )
= 1.1
=
8 M
8 142 10 6 Nmm
2

Its value is positive as both loadings are deforming the beam about the same fibre (chapter 3.4 from French
Annex of EN 1993-1-1).
In order to determine C1 and C2 parameters, factors , , a, b, c, A, B, d1, e1, r1, , m, C10, d2, e2, r2 need to be
calculated considering the analytical relationships provided in chapter 3.5 from French Annex of EN 1993-1-1:

= + 4 1 = 0.8 + 4 1.1 1 = 4.2

= 2 8 = 4.2 2 8 1.1 = 8.84

a = 0.5 (1 + ) + 0.1413364 0.6960364 + 0.9126223 2 = 1.738

b = 0.5 (1 + ) + 0.1603341 0.9240091 + 1.4281556 2 = 1.4765

c = 0.1801266 0.0900633 + 0.5940757 0.9352904 2 = 0.0602

A = a b c 2 = 2.5625
b
B = 2 a + = 4.2143
2

328

d1 = + 0.52 (1 + ) = 2.036

e1 = 0.3

As d1 > e1, the factor r1 is equal to 1.0

= 0.5

m = 1 (1 ) + 4 (1 ) = 2.002 1.0

B B2 4 A
C10 = r1
= 0.5363
2 A

d 2 = 0.425 + + 0.675 = 2.065

e2 = 0.65 0.35 = 0.37

1
= 0.4773 1.0
8

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

As d2 > e2, the factor r2 is equal to 1.0


Having the above factors, C1 and C2 coefficients become:

C1 = m C10 = 1.074

C 2 = 0.398 r2 C10 = 0.235

The load being applied at the top fibre it tends to accentuate the lateral torsional buckling, so it will reduce the value
of elastic critical moment. In this case, the distance from the shear centre to the point of load application (zg) will be
positive:

z g = +130mm

The French Annex of EN 1993-1-1 provides the analytical relationship used to determine the value of the elastic
critical moment:

M cr = C1

2 E I z I w

L2 G I t
2

+ 2
+ (C 2 z g ) C 2 z g = 91.71772 10 6 Nmm
I z E I z

L2

13.50.2.3Reference results for calculating the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling
The calculation of the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (LT) is done using the formula (6.56) from chapter
6.3.2.2 (EN 1993-1-1).
Before determining the reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling (LT), the following terms should be determined:

LT

, imperfection factor LT, LT.


Non dimensional slenderness for lateral torsional buckling,

LT =

W pl , y f y

501177.18mm 3 235 N / mm 2
= 1.133
91.71772 10 6 Nmm

M cr

LT

In order to determine the imperfection factor LT, the buckling curve must be chosen. According to table 6.4
from EN 1993-1-1, for welded I-sections which have the ratio h / b 2, the recommended lateral torsional
buckling curve is c. In this case, table 6.3 from EN 1993-1-1 recommends the value for imperfection factor
LT:

LT = 0.49

The value used to determine the reduction factor LT, LT, becomes:

The reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling is calculated using the formula (6.56) from EN 1993-1-1:

LT = 0.5 1 + LT LT 0.2 + LT 2 = 0.5 [1 + 0.49 (1.133 0.2) + 1.133 2 ] = 1.370

LT =

1
2

LT + LT LT

1
1.37 + 1.37 2 1.133 2

= 0.467 1.0

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

329

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


C1 parameter
Simply supported beam
C1

C2 parameter
Simply supported beam
C2

Elastic critical moment


Simply supported beam
Mcr

Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling


Simply supported beam
XLT

330

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.50.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

C1

C1 parameter [adim.]

1.074

C2

C2 parameter [adim.]

0.235

Mcr

Elastic critical moment [kNm]

91.72 kNm

XLT

Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling [adim.]

0.467

13.50.3Calculated results
Result name
C1

Result description
C1 parameter

Value
1.07375
adim

Error
-0.0233 %

C2

C2 parameter

0.234812
adim

-0.0800 %

Mcr

Elastic critical moment

91.72 kN*m

0.0000 %

XLT

Reduction factor for lateral torsional buckling

0.466895
adim

-0.0225 %

331

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.51 EC3 Test 40: Verifying CHS508x8H class 3, simply supported beam, loaded with centric
compression, uniform linear horizontal efforts by Y and a vertical punctual load in the middle
Test ID: 5744
Test status: Passed

13.51.1Description
The test verifies a CHS508x8H beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to 20 kN axial compression force, 30 kN punctual vertical load applied to the middle of the
beam and 7 kN/m linear uniform horizontal load.
The calculations are made according to Eurocode 3 French Annex.

13.52 EC3 Test 42: Determining lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up
beam considering the load applied on the upper flange
Test ID: 5752
Test status: Passed

13.52.1Description
Determines the lateral torsional buckling parameters for a I-shaped welded built-up beam made of S235 steel,
considering the load applied on the upper flange. The loadings applied on the beam are: a uniformly distributed load
and 2 punctual negative bending moments applied at beam extremities.
The determination is made considering the provisions from Eurocode 3 (EN 1993-1-1) French Annex.

13.53 Verifying the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section (TTAD #12533)
Test ID: 4549
Test status: Passed

13.53.1Description
Verifies the shape sheet for a steel beam with circular cross-section when the lateral torsional buckling is computed
and when it is not.

13.54 Changing the steel design template for a linear element (TTAD #12491)
Test ID: 4540
Test status: Passed

13.54.1Description
Selects a different design template for steel linear elements.

13.55 Verifying the "Shape sheet" command for elements which were excluded from the specialized
calculation (TTAD #12389)
Test ID: 4529
Test status: Passed

13.55.1Description
Verifies the program behavior when the "Shape sheet" command is used for elements which were excluded from the
specialized calculation (chords).

332

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.56 EC3: Verifying the buckling length results (TTAD #11550)


Test ID: 4481
Test status: Passed

13.56.1Description
Performs the steel calculation and verifies the buckling length results according to Eurocodes 3 - French standards.
The shape sheet report is generated.
The model consists of a vertical linear element (IPE300 cross section, S275 material) with a rigid fixed support at the
base. A punctual live load of 200.00 kN is applied.

13.57 EC3 fire verification: Verifying the work ratios after performing an optimization for steel
profiles (TTAD #11975)
Test ID: 4484
Test status: Passed

13.57.1Description
Runs the Steel elements verification and generates the "Envelopes and optimizing profiles" report in order to verify
the work ratios. The verification is performed using the EC3 norm with Romanian annex.

333

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.58 EC3 test 4: Class section classification and bending moment verification of an IPE300 column
Test ID: 5412
Test status: Passed

13.58.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.

13.58.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 50kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.58.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

334

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 50kN,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Units
Metric System
Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.

13.58.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case, the column is subjected to a lateral load, therefore the stresses distribution on the most stressed point
(the column base) is like in the picture below.

The Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.

335

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

336

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 1.


Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:
337

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

This means that the column flanges are Class 1.


A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)

13.58.2.3Reference results in calculating the bending moment resistance

M Ed
1
M c , Rd
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.5(1)

M c , Rd =

wpl * f y

M0

for Class1 cross sections


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.5(2)

Where:

w pl = 628.40cm 3
fy

nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa

M 0 partial safety coefficient M 0 = 1


Therefore:

M y ,V , Rd =

wpl * f y

M0

628.40 * 106 * 235


= 0.147674MNm
1

M Ed = 2.5m * 50kN = 125kNm = 0.125MNm

M Ed
0.125
=
= 84%
M y ,V , Rd 0.148
Finite elements modeling

338

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Combined oblique bending
Combined oblique bending
Work ratio - Oblique

13.58.2.4Reference results
Result name
Combined
bending

oblique

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio - Oblique

85 %

13.58.3Calculated results
Result name
Work
ratio
Oblique

Result description
Work ratio - Oblique

Value
84.6459 %

Error
-0.4166 %

339

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.59 EC3 Test 2: Class section classification and shear verification of an IPE300 beam subjected to
linear uniform loading
Test ID: 5410
Test status: Passed

13.59.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is subjected to a 50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally.
The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is neglected.

13.59.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The beam is subjected to a
50 kN/m linear uniform load applied gravitationally. The force is considered to be a live load and the dead load is
neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.59.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = -50kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Units
Metric System
Materials properties

340

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z axis,


Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation along Y and Z axis and rotation restrained on X
axis
Inner: None.

13.59.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case the stresses distribution along the section is like in the picture below:

compression for the top flange


compression and tension for the web
tension for the bottom flange

To determine the web class it will be used the Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.

341

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

342

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 1.


To determine the flanges class it will be used the Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter
5.5.2

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

c 56.45mm
=
= 5.276
t 10.7 mm

= 0.92
343

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

c 56.45mm
=
= 5.276 9 * = 9 * 0.92 = 8.28
t
10.7mm

this means that the column flanges are Class 1.

A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the beam section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire beam section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)

13.59.2.3Reference results in calculating the shear resistance Vpl,Rd


The design resistance of the cross-section Vpl,Rd shall be determined as follows:

V pl , Rd =

Av *

fy

M0

3
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)

Where:
Av: section shear area for rolled profiles

Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f

A: cross-section area A=53.81cm2


b: overall breadth b=150mm
h: overall depth h=300mm
hw: depth of the web hw=248.6mm
r: root radius r=15mm
tf: flange thickness tf=10.7mm
tw: web thickness tw=7.1mm

Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f = 53.81 2 * 15 * 17 + (0.71 + 2 * 1.5) * 1.07 = 25.68cm 2


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(3)
fy: nominal yielding strength for S275 fy=275MPa

M 0 : partial safety coefficient M 0 = 1


Therefore:

V pl , Rd =

344

Av *

fy

M0

3 =

25.68 * 104 *
1

275
3 = 0.4077 MN = 407.7kN

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

For more:
Verification of the shear buckling resistance for webs without stiffeners:

hw

72 *
tw

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(7)

= 1.20 *

M1
1
= 1.20 * = 1.20
M0
1

235
=
fy

235
= 0.92
275

hw 248.6

1.20
=
= 35.01 72 * = 72 *
= 93.91
tw

7.1
0.92
There is no need for shear buckling resistance verification
According to: EC3 Part 1,5 EN 1993-1-5-2004 Chapter 5.1(2)
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results

Shear resistance work ratio


Work ratio - Fz

345

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.59.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Fz

Shear force

125 kN

Work ratio

Work ratio - Fz

31 %

13.59.3Calculated results
Result name
Fz
Work ratio - Fz

346

Result description
Fz
Work ratio Fz

Value
-125 kN
30.6579 %

Error
0.0000 %
-1.1035 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.60 EC3 Test 6: Class section classification and combined biaxial bending verification of an
IPE300 beam
Test ID: 5424
Test status: Passed

13.60.1Description
Classification and verification on combined bending of an IPE 300 beam made of S235 steel.
The beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection
with translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis.
The beam is subjected to a -10 kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis,
and a 10kN/m uniform linear force applied along the beam on the Y axis.
Both forces are considered as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.

13.60.2Background
Classification and verification on combined bending of sections for an IPE 300 beam made from S235 steel. The
beam is connected to its ends by a connection with all translation blocked and on the other end by a connection with
translation blocked on the Y and Z axis and rotation blocked along X axis. The beam is subjected to a -10kN/m
uniform linear force applied along the beam gravitational along the Z local axis, and a 10kN/m uniform linear force
applied along the beam on the Y axis. Both forces are considered live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.60.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = -10kN/m, Q2 = 10kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Units
Metric System

347

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (x = 5.00) restrained in translation and rotation along Y, Z axis and rotation
blocked along X axis.
Inner: None.

13.60.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case, the beam is subjected to linear uniform equal loads, one vertical and one horizontal, therefore the
stresses distribution on the most stressed point (the column base) is like in the picture below:

Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.

348

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

349

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

This means that the beam web is Class 1.


Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the beam section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

350

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

This means that the beam left top flanges are Class 1.
Overall the beam top flange cross-section class is Class 1.
In the same way will be determined that the beam bottom flange cross-section class is also Class 1
A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)

13.60.2.3Reference results for calculating the combined biaxial bending

M Y , Ed
M z , Ed

+
1
M Ny , Rd
M Nz , Ed
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(5)
In which and are constants, which may conservatively be taken as unity, otherwise as follows:
For I and H sections:

=2

= max(n;1)
n=

0
N Ed
= 0 therefore = 1
=
N pl , Rd N pl , Rd

Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:

M Ny , Rd =

M pl , y , Rd * (1 n)
1 0.5 * a

but

M Ny , Rd M ply , Rd
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)

n=

a=

0
N Ed
=
=0
N pl , Rd N pl , Rd

(A 2*b *tf )

M N , y , Rd =

(53.81 * 104 2 * 0.15 * 0.0107)


=
= 0.403 0.5
53.81 * 10 4

M pl , y , Rd
(1 0.5 * 0.403)

M pl , y , Rd
0.8

0.8 * M N , y , Rd = M pl , y , Rd M N , y , Rd > M pl , y , Rd

but

M Ny , Rd M ply , Rd

351

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore, it will be considered:

Bending around Y:
For cross-sections without bolts holes, the following approximations may be used for standard rolled I or H sections
and for welded I or H sections with equal flanges:

M Nz , Rd =

M pl , z , Rd * (1 n)
1 0.5 * a

but

M Nz , Rd M plz , Rd

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.1(4)

0.8 * M N , z , Rd = M pl , z , Rd M N , z , Rd > M pl , z , Rd

M N , z , Rd = M pl , z , Rd =

wpl , z * f y

M0

but

M Nz , Rd M plz , Rd therefore it will be considered:

125.20 * 106 * 235


=
= 0.030MNm
1

In conclusion:

M Y , Ed

M Ny , Rd

M z , Ed
+
M Nz , Ed

2
1

0.03125
0.03125
=
+

0.148
0.029375 = 1.1086 > 1

The coresponding work ratio is:


WR = 1.1086 x 100 = 110.86 %
Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


Work ratio oblique bending
Beam subjected to combined bending
Work ratio Oblique [%]

352

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.60.2.4Reference results
Result name
Combined
bending

oblique

Result description

Reference value

Combined oblique bending [%]

110.86 %

13.60.3Calculated results
Result name
Work
ratio
Oblique

Result description
Work ratio-Oblique

Value
110.691 %

Error
-0.2784 %

353

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.61 EC3 Test 1: Class section classification and compression verification of an IPE300 column
Test ID: 5383
Test status: Passed

13.61.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
On top, the column is subjected to a 100 kN force applied gravitationally, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.

13.61.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. On top, the column is subjected to a 100kN force applied
gravitationally, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.61.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = -100kN,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Units
Metric System

354

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.

13.61.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


In this case, the column is subjected only to compression, therefore the distribution of stresses along the section is
like in the picture below:

To determine the web class, we use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2

355

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

=1
Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 2.


To determine the flanges class, we will use Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2

356

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

c 56.45mm
=
= 5.276
t 10.7 mm

=1
Therefore:

c 56.45mm
=
= 5.276 9 * = 9
t 10.7 mm

this means that the column flanges are Class 1.

A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 2 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 2.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
357

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.61.2.3Reference results in calculating the compressive resistance Nc,Rd


The design resistance of the cross-section force Nc,Rd shall be determined as follows:
For Class 1, 2 or 3 cross-section

N c , Rd =

A* fy

M0

Where:
A

section area A=53.81cm2

Fy

nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa

M 0 partial safety coefficient M 0 = 1


Therefore:

N c , Rd =

A* fy

M0

53.81 * 104 * 235


=
= 1.264535MN = 1264.54kN
1
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.4(2)

Finite elements modeling

358

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements results


Compressive resistance work ratio
Column subjected to compressive load
Work ratio [%]

13.61.2.4Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Work ratio

Compressive resistance work ratio [%]

8%

13.61.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fx

Result description
Work ratio Fx

Value
7.90805 %

Error
-1.1494 %

359

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.62 EC3 Test 5: Class section classification and combined axial force with bending moment
verification of an IPE300 column
Test ID: 5421
Test status: Passed

13.62.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
The column is subjected to a 500 kN compressive force applied on top and a 5 kN/m uniform linear load applied on
all the length of the column, on the web direction, both defined as live loads.
The dead load will be neglected.

13.62.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. The column is subjected to a 500kN compressive force
applied on top and a 5kN/m uniform linear load applied for all the length of the column, on the web direction, both
defined as live loads. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.62.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q1 = 500kN, Q2 = 5kN/m,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Units
Metric System

360

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x=0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.

13.62.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In this case the column is subjected to compression and lateral load, therefore the stresses distribution on the most
stressed point (the column base) is like in the picture below.

Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the web class.

361

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

= 2

N Ed
0.500
1 = 2
1 = 0.21 > 1
A f y
0.005381 235

0.5

Ed
= 1 +
= 1 +
= 1.10 > 0.5
2
f y t d 2 235 0.2486 0.0071

362

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

42
42 * 1
=
= 69.92
0.67 + 0.33 0.67 + 0.33 * (0.21)
Therefore:

c
42
= 35.014
= 69.92
t
0.67 + 0.33
This means that the column web is Class 3.
Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2 determines the flanges class.

363

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

Therefore:

This means that the column flanges are Class 1.


A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 3 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 3.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6)
Cross sections for class 3, the maximum longitudinal stress should check:

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.4(3)


In this case:

In absence of shear force, for Class 3 cross-sections the maximum longitudinal stress shall satisfy the criterion:

According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.9.2(1)


This means:

The corresponding work ratio is: WR = 0.8728 x 100 = 87.28 %


364

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


Work ratio bending and axial compression
Column subjected to bending and axial compression
Work ratio Oblique [%]

13.62.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Bending and axial


compression

Work ratio oblique [%]

87.28 %

13.62.3Calculated results
Result name
Work
ratio
Oblique

Result description
Work ratio- Oblique

Value
87.2799 %

Error
0.3217 %

365

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.63 EC3 Test 3: Class section classification, shear and bending moment verification of an IPE300
column
Test ID: 5411
Test status: Passed

13.63.1Description
Classification and verification of an IPE 300 column made of S235 steel.
The column is connected to the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part.
In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200 kN force applied on the web direction, defined as a live load.
The dead load will be neglected.

13.63.2Background
Classification and verification of sections for an IPE 300 column made from S235 steel. The column is connected to
the ground by a fixed connection and is free on the top part. In the middle, the column is subjected to a 200kN force
applied on the web direction, defined as a live load. The dead load will be neglected.
This test was evaluated by the French control office SOCOTEC.

13.63.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 3 Part1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = -200kN,


The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1 x Q

Units
Metric System

366

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (x = 0) restrained in translation and rotation along X, Y and Z axis,
Support at end point (z = 5.00) free.
Inner: None.

13.63.2.2Reference results for calculating the cross section class


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2
In case the column is subjected to a lateral load, the stresses distribution on the most stressed point (the column
base) is like in the picture below:

367

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

To determine the web class, we will use Table 5.2 sheet 1, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

368

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Therefore:

This means that the column web is Class 1.


To determine the flanges class it will be used the Table 5.2, sheet 2, from EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter
5.5.2.

The section geometrical properties are described in the picture below:

369

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

According to the Table 5.2 and the column section geometrical properties, the next conclusions can be found:

Therefore:

This means that the column flanges are Class 1.


A cross-section is classified by quoting the heist (least favorable) class of its compression elements.
According to the calculation above, the column section have a Class 1 web and Class 1 flanges; therefore the class
section for the entire column section will be considered Class 1.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 5.5.2(6).

13.63.2.3Reference results in calculating the shear resistance Vpl,Rd


The design resistance of the cross-section Vpl,Rd , is determined as follows:

V pl , Rd =

Av *

fy

M0

3
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(2)

Where:
Av section shear area for rolled profiles
A

cross-section area A=53.81cm2

overall breadth b=150mm

overall depth h=300mm

Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f

hw depth of the web hw=248.6mm


r

root radius r=15mm

tf

flange thickness tf=10.7mm

tw

web thickness tw=7.1mm

Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f = 53.81 2 * 15 * 17 + (0.71 + 2 * 1.5) * 1.07 = 25.68cm 2


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(3)
fy

nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa

M 0 partial safety coefficient M 0 = 1


Therefore:

V pl , Rd =

370

Av *

fy

M0

3 =

25.68 * 104 *
1

235
3 = 0.3484MN = 348.42kN

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

13.63.2.4Reference results in calculating the bending moment resistance

VEd
200
=
= 57.4% > 50%
V pl , Rd 348.42
The shear force is greater than half of the plastic shear resistance. Its effect on the moment resistance must be taken
into account.
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(1)(2)

Where:

2VEd
2 * 0.200 2

=
1 =
1 = 0.0223

pl , Rd
0.348
According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.8(3)

Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f
Av section shear area for rolled profiles
A cross-section area A=53.81cm2
b

overall breadth b=150mm

overall depth h=300mm

hw depth of the web hw=248.6mm


r

root radius r=15mm

tf

flange thickness tf=10.7mm

tw web thickness tw=7.1mm

Av = A 2 * b * t f + (t w + 2 * r ) * t f = 53.81 2 * 15 * 17 + (0.71 + 2 * 1.5) * 1.07 = 25.68cm 2


According to: EC3 Part 1,1 EN 1993-1-1-2001 Chapter 6.2.6(3)
fy

nominal yielding strength for S235 fy=235MPa

M 0 partial safety coefficient M 0 = 1


Therefore:

M y ,V , Rd

* Av
0.0223 * (25.68 * 104 )
w pl
* f y 628.40 * 10 6
* 235
4t w
4 * 0.0071

=
=
= 0.146 MNm
M0
1

M Ed = 2.5m * 200kN = 500kNm = 0.5MNm

M Ed
0.500
=
= 342%
M y ,V , Rd 0.146

371

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


7 nodes,
1 linear element.

Finite elements results


Shear z direction work ratio
Shear z direction work ratio
Work ratio - Fz

372

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Combined oblique bending


Combined oblique bending
Work ratio - Oblique

13.63.2.5Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Shear z
work ratio

direction

Work ratio - Fz

57 %

Combined
bending

oblique

Work ratio - Oblique

341 %

13.63.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio - Fz
Work
ratio
Oblique

Result description
Work ratio Fz
-

Work ratio - Oblique

Value
57.4021 %

Error
0.7054 %

341.348 %

0.1021 %

373

14 Timber design

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.1 EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to oblique bending


Test ID: 4878
Test status: Passed

14.1.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist oblique bending. The verification is made
following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.

14.1.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to oblique bending. The
verification of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.

14.1.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E.3;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear;

Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.8 m.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 550 N/m2;

Snow load (structure is located at an altitude < 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m2;
2

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 2092.5 N/m ;
All loads will be projected on the purlin direction since the roof slope is 17.
Simply supported purlin subjected to loadings

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Purlin cross section characteristics:

376

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Length: L = 3.5 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.02 m ,

Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y:

Wy =

b h 2 0.1 0.20 2
=
= 0.000666m 3 ,
6
6

Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z:

Wz =

b 2 h 0.12 0.20
=
= 0.000333m 3 .
6
6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 106 Pa,


Service class 2.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;


Support at end point (z = 3.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):

External:
2
Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): qy = Cmax x d x sin17 = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x sin17 =
1101.22 N/m,
2
Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): qz = Cmax x d x cos17 = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x cos17 =
3601.92 N/m,
Internal: None.

14.1.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending


In order to verify the timber purlin subjected to oblique bending at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18)
from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, M, kh, ksys,
km, have to be determined. After this, the reference solution (which includes the design bending stress about y axis,
the design bending stress about z axis and the maximum work ratio for strength verification) is calculated.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (design bending stress about y axis, design bending stress about z axis and
maximum work ratio for strength verification) it is necessary to determine some parameters involved in calculations
(kmod, M, kh, ksys, km).

Modification factor for duration of load (short term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.9 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties:


M = 1.3

Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0

System strength factor:


ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)

Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections):


km = 0.7

Design bending stress about y axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, qz):

m,y,d =

My

q L2
= z
=
8 Wy
Wy

N
3.5 2 m 2
m
= 8.2814 10 6 Pa
3
8 0.000666m

3601.92

Design bending stress about z axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, qy):

m,z,d =

N
2
1101.22 3.5 2 m 2
M z qy L
m
=
=
= 5.0638 10 6 Pa
3
Wz
8 Wz
8 0.000333m

377

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Design bending strength:


fm,y,d = fm,z,d =

f m ,k

k mod

k sys k h = 24 10 6

0.9
1.0 1.0 = 16.615 10 6 Pa
1.3

Maximum work ratio for strength verification; it represents the maximum value between the work ratios
obtained with formulae 6.17 and 6.18 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

m , y , d

+ k m m , z ,d

f m , z ,d
f m , y ,d
max
1
k m , y , d + m , z , d
m f m , y ,d f m , z ,d

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


5 nodes,
1 linear element.

Stress SMy diagram


Simply supported purlin subjected to uniformly distributed load, qz
Stress SMy [Pa]

Stress SMz diagram


Simply supported purlin subjected to uniformly distributed load, qz
Stress SMz [Pa]

Maximum work ratio for strength verification


Strength of a simply supported purlin subjected to oblique bending
Work ratio [%]

378

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.1.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Smy

Design bending stress about y axis [Pa]

8281441 Pa

SMz

Design bending stress about z axis [Pa]

5063793 Pa

Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for strength verification [%]

71.2 %

14.1.3 Calculated results


Result name
Stress SMy

Result description
Design bending stress about y axis

Value
8.47672e+006 Pa

Error
0.0000 %

Stress SMz

Design bending stress about z axis

5.18319e+006 Pa

0.0000 %

Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for strength verification

71.153 %

0.0000 %

379

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.2 EC5: Verifying the residual section of a timber column exposed to fire for 60 minutes
Test ID: 4896
Test status: Passed

14.2.1 Description
Verifies the residual cross section of a column exposed to fire for 60 minutes. The column is made from glued
laminated timber GL24 and it has only 3 faces exposed to fire. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
(Reduced cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.

14.2.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of the cross sectional resistance for a rectangular cross section, which is made from glued
laminated timber GL24, exposed to fire for 60 minutes on 3 faces. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2
from EN 1995-1-2 norm.

14.2.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test F.1;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Timber column with fixed base

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the column cross section characteristics:

380

Depth: h = 0.60 m,
Width: b = 0.20 m,
Section area: A = 0.12 m2
Height: H = 5.00 m

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Glued laminated timber GL24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Density: = 380 kg/m3,

Design charring rate: n = 0.7 x 10-3 m/min,

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Fixed at base (Z = 0),


Support at top (Z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X and Y,
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at Z = 5.00: Fz = N = - 100000 N,


Internal: None.

14.2.2.2Reference results in calculating the cross sectional resistance of a timber column exposed to
fire
Reference solution
The reference solution (residual cross section) is determined by reducing the initial cross section dimensions by the
effective charring depth according to chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2. Before calculating the effective charring depth
we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (dchar,n, k0, d0).

Depth of layer with assumed zero strength and stiffness: d0 = 7 x 10-3 m;


Coefficient depending of fire resistance time and also depending if the members are protected or not:
k0 = 1.0 (according to table 4.1 from EN 1995-1-2)

Notional design charring depth:


dchar,n = n t = 0.7 10 3

m
60 min = 0.042m (according to relation 3.2 from EN 1995-1-2)
min

Effective charring depth:


def = dchar,n + k 0 d 0

Residual cross section:


Afi = (h def ) (b 2 def )

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

381

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Residual cross section


Column with fixed base exposed to fire for 60 minutes
Afi

14.2.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Afi

Residual cross section [m2]

0.056202 m2

14.2.3 Calculated results


Result name
Afi

382

Result description
Residual cross section

Value
0.056202 m

Error
0.0000 %

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.3 EC5: Verifying the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple bending
Test ID: 4901
Test status: Passed

14.3.1 Description
Verifies the fire resistance of a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending.
The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes. The verification is made according to chapter 4.2.2 (Reduced
cross section method) from EN 1995-1-2 norm.

14.3.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of the fire resistance for a rectangular cross section purlin made from solid timber C24 to resist
simple bending. The purlin is exposed to fire on 3 faces for 30 minutes (the top of the purlin is not exposed to fire).
Verification of the bending stresses corresponding to frequent combination of actions is realized.
Chapter 1.1.1.3 presents the results obtained with the theoretical background explained at chapter 1.1.1.2.

14.3.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test F.2;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:
Loadings from the structure: G = 500 N/m2,
Snow load: S = 700 N/m2,
2
Frequent combination of actions: CFQ = 1.0 x G + 0.5 x S = 850 N/m
Purlin with 3 supports

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 3.30 m,
Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.5 m,
-3
2
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m ,

383

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used.The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,


6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,

Density: = 350 kg/m3,

Design charring rate (softwood): n = 0.8 x 10-3 m/min,


Service class 1.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (X = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,


Support at middle point (X = 3.30) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at end point (X = 6.60) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along
X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
2
Uniformly distributed load: q = CFQ x d = 850 N/m x 1.5 m = 1275 N/m,
Internal: None.

14.3.2.2Reference results in calculating the fire resistance of a timber purlin subjected to simple
bending
In order to verify the fire resistance for a timber purlin subjected to simple bending it is necessary to determine the
residual cross section. After this, the formulae (6.17) and (6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them,
some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod,fi, M,fi, kfi, km, have to be determined.
Residual cross section
The residual cross section is determined by reducing the initial cross section dimensions by the effective charring
depth according to chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2. Before calculating the effective charring depth we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (dchar,n, k0, d0).

Depth of layer with assumed zero strength and stiffness: d0 = 7 x 10-3 m;


Coefficient depending of fire resistance time and also depending if the members are protected or not:
k0 = 1.0 (according to table 4.1 from EN 1995-1-2)

Notional design charring depth:


dchar,n =

d char ,n + k 0 d 0

Residual cross section:


Afi =

384

m
30 min = 0.024m
min

Effective charring depth:


def =

n t = 0.8 10 3

hef bef = (h d ef ) (b 2 d ef )

(according to relation 3.2 from EN 1995-1-2)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference solution for frequent combination of actions


Before calculating the reference solution (maximum work ratio for fire verification based on formulae (6.17) and (6.18)
from EN 1995-1-1 norm) it is necessary to determine the design bending stress (taking into account the residual
cross section), the design bending strength and some parameters involved in calculations (kmod,fi, M,fi, kfi).

Modification factor in case of a verification done with residual section:


kmod,fi = 1.0 (according to paragraph 5 from chapter 4.2.2 from EN 1995-1-2)

Partial safety factor for timber in fire situations:


M,fi = 1.0

Factor kfi, taken from table 2.1 (EN 1995-1-2):


kfi = 1.25 (for solid timber)

Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections) according
to paragraph 2 from chapter 6.1.6 (EN 1995-1-1):
km = 0.7

Design bending stress (taking into account the residual cross section):
m,d =

My

Wy

6 M y
bef hef

The picture below shows the bending moment diagram (kNm). My from the above formula represents the
maximum bending moment achieved from frequent combination of actions.

Design bending strength (for fire situation):


fm,d,fi =

f m ,d

M , fi

= 1.25 24 10 6

1 .0
= 30 10 6 Pa
1 .0

1 .0

Work ratio according to formulae 6.18 from EN 1995-1-1 norm (considering that the axial effort, as well as the
bending moment about z axis, are null):

km

k mod, fi

Work ratio according to formulae 6.17 from EN 1995-1-1 norm (considering that the axial effort, as well as the
bending moment about z axis, are null):

m ,d

k fi f m ,k

m ,d
f m ,d

1.0

Maximum work ratio for bending verification for fire situation:

WR = max m ,d ; k m m ,d
f m ,d
f m ,d

100 = m ,d 100

f m ,d

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


8 nodes,
1 linear element.

385

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Residual cross-section area


Simply supported beam subjected to bending (fire situation)
Residual area [m2]

Design bending stress taking into account the residual cross-section


Simply supported beam subjected to bending (fire situation)
Design bending stress for residual cross-section [Pa]

Maximum work ratio for bending verification (fire situation)


Simply supported beam subjected to bending (fire situation)
Work ratio [%]

386

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.3.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Afi

Residual area [m ]

0.002197 m2

Stress

Design bending stress for residual cross-section [Pa]

27568524 Pa

Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for fire verification [%]

91.9 %

14.3.3 Calculated results


Result name
Afi

Result description
Residual area

Value
0.002197 m

Error
0.0000 %

Stress

Design bending stress for residual cross-section

2.75626e+007 Pa

0.0000 %

Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for fire verification

91.8752 %

0.0000 %

387

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.4 EC5: Verifying lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined bending and
axial compression
Test ID: 4877
Test status: Passed

14.4.1 Description
Verifies the lateral torsional stability for a rectangular timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.

14.4.2 Background
Verifies the lateral torsional stability of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to simple
bending (about the strong axis) and axial compression.

14.4.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E.2;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear;

Distance between adjacent rafters (span): d = 0.5 m.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 450 N/m2;

Snow load (structure is located at an altitude < 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m2;
2

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 1957.5 N/m ;
All loads will be projected on the rafter direction, since its slope is 50% (26.6).
Simply supported rafter subjected to projected loadings

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

388

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.05 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
-3
2
Section area: A = 10 x 10 m ,

b h 2 0.05 0.20 2
Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y: W y =
=
= 0.000333m 3 .
6
6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,


6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
10
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
10
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E0,05 = 0.74 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
Inner: None.

Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):

External:
2
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d x cos26.6 = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5 m x cos26.6 = 875.15 N/m,
2
Compressive load component: N = Cmax x d x sin26.6 x L = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5m x sin26.6 x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
Internal: None.

14.4.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses


In order to verify the lateral torsional stability of a timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state,
the formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is used. Before applying this formula we need to determine some
parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this,
we calculate the reference solution which includes: the design compressive stress, the design bending stress and the
work ratio based on formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1.
Slenderness ratios
In professional practice the slenderness ratio is limited to 120. The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending
about y and z axes are determined as follows:

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:

z = 12

m lg
lc
1 5m
= 12
= 12
= 346.4
b
b
0.05m

It is necessary to reduce the buckling length about the z axis, because z exceeded the value 120. A restraint
is placed in each tierce of the rafter, so that the slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis
become:

z = 12

m lg
lc
1 1.667m
= 12
= 12
= 115.5 < 120
b
b
0.05m

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:

y = 12

m lg
lc
1 5m
= 12
= 12
= 86.6
h
h
0.2m

389

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Relative slenderness ratios


The relative slenderness ratios are:

Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:

rel , z =

E0,05

115.5

2110 6 Pa
= 1.958
0.74 1010 Pa

Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:

rel , y =

f c , 0,k

f c , 0 ,k
E0,05

86.6

21 10 6 Pa
= 1.468
0.74 1010 Pa

Maximum relative slenderness ratio:

rel ,max = max(rel , z , rel , y ) = 1.958

So there is a risk of buckling because rel,max 0.3.


Relative slenderness for bending
The effective length of the beam and the critical bending stress must be determined before calculating the relative
slenderness for bending.

Effective length of the beam; its calculation is made according to table 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1 and it is based
on the loading type and support conditions. The effective length is increased by 2h because the load is
applied at the compressed fiber of the beam:

leff = 0.9 l + 2 h = 0.9 5.0m + 2 0.2m = 4.9m

Critical bending stress (determined according to formula 6.32 from EN 1995-1-1):


m,y,crit =

0.78 b 2 E0.05 0.78 0.052 m 2 0.74 1010 Pa


=
= 14.724 106 Pa
h lef
0.2m 4.9m

Relative slenderness for bending (determined according to formula 6.30 from EN 1995-1-1):
rel,m =

f m ,k

m,crit

24 106 Pa
= 1.277
14.724 106 Pa

Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z 0.3) + rel,z2] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
ky = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,y 0.3) + rel,y2] (according to relation 6.27 from EN 1995-1-1)

kc,z =
kc, y =

390

1
k z + k z2 2rel , z
1
k y + k y2 2rel , y

(according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)

(according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification


Before calculating the reference solution (the design compressive stress, the design bending stress and the work
ratio based on formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1) it is necessary to determine some parameters involved in
calculations (kmod, M, kh, ksys, km, kcrit).

Modification factor for duration of load (short term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.9 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties:


M = 1.3

Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0

System strength factor:


ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)

Factor which takes into account the reduced bending strength due to lateral buckling:
Kcrit = 1.56 0.75rel,m (because 0.75 < rel,m < 1.4)

Design compressive stress (induced by the compressive component, N):


c,d =

Design compressive strength:


fc,0,d =

k mod

= 2110 6

0.9
= 14.538 10 6 Pa
1.3

My
Wy

q L
=
8 Wy

N
5.00 2 m 2
m
= 8.213 10 6 Pa
3
8 0.000333m

875.15

Design bending strength:


fm,y,d =

f c , 0,k

Design bending stress (induced by uniformly distributed load, q):

m,d =

N
2191.22 N
=
= 219122 Pa
A 10 10 3 m 2

f m ,k

k mod

k sys k h = 24 10 6

0.9
1.0 1.0 = 16.615 10 6 Pa
1.3

Work ratio according to formula 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

m ,d

k f
crit m, y ,d

c ,d
+
1

k
f

c
z
c
d
,
,
0
,

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

391

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Stress SFx diagram


Simply supported rafter subjected to compressive component of the applied forces
Stress SFx [Pa]

Stress SMy diagram


Simply supported rafter subjected to uniformly distributed loads
Stress SMy [Pa]

Lateral-torsional stability work ratio


Stability of a simply supported rafter subjected to combined stresses
Work ratio [%]

14.4.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

SFx

Design compressive stress [Pa]

219122 Pa

SMy

Design bending stress [Pa]

8212744 Pa

kcrit

Kcrit factor

0.602

Work ratio

Lateral-torsional stability work ratio [%]

76 %

14.4.3 Calculated results


Result name
Stress SFx
Stress SMy

Result description
Design compressive stress
Design bending stress

Value
219124 Pa
8.20519e+006 Pa

Error
0.0000 %
0.0000 %

Kcrit

kcrit factor

0.592598 adim

0.0000 %

Work ratio

Work ratio according to formula 6.35

0.759538 adim

0.0000 %

392

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.5 EC5: Shear verification for a simply supported timber beam


Test ID: 4822
Test status: Passed

14.5.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to shear efforts. The verification of the shear
stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.

14.6 Modifying the "Design experts" properties for timber linear elements (TTAD #12259)
Test ID: 4509
Test status: Passed

14.6.1 Description
Defines the "Design experts" properties for a timber linear element, in a model created with a previous version of the
program.

14.7 Verifying the timber elements shape sheet (TTAD #12337)


Test ID: 4538
Test status: Passed

14.7.1 Description
Verifies the timber elements shape sheet.

14.8 Verifying the units display in the timber shape sheet (TTAD #12445)
Test ID: 4539
Test status: Passed

14.8.1 Description
Verifies the Afi units display in the timber shape sheet.

393

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.9 EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to simple bending


Test ID: 4682
Test status: Passed

14.9.1 Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section beam made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verifies the bending
stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the deflections at serviceability limit state.

14.9.2 Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending. Verification
of the bending stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state
are performed.

14.9.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test C;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

2
Loadings from the structure: G = 0.5 kN/m ,
2
Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 1.5 kN/m ,
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q = 2.925 kN/m2
Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x Q
Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.3 x Q

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

394

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 4.50 m,
Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
-3
2
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m ,

Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y:

Wy =

b h 2 0.075 0.20 2
=
= 0.0005m 3
6
6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,


6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
Service class 1.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,


Support at end point (z = 4.5) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d = 2.925 kN/m2 x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,

Internal: None.

14.9.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam bending stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.11) and (6.12) from EN
1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, M, kh, ksys, km, must
be calculated. After this, the reference solution, which includes the design bending stress about the principal y axis,
the design bending strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (design bending stress, design bending strength and work ratios) it is
necessary to determine some parameters involved in calculations (kmod, M, kh, ksys, km).

Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties:


M = 1.3

Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0

System strength factor:


ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)

Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections):


km = 0.7

Design bending stress (induced by the applied forces):


m,d =

My
Wy

6 q L2 6 1.4625 4.5 2
=
= 7.4039 10 6 Pa
8 b h2
8 0.075 0.2 2

Design bending strength:


fm,d =

f m ,k

k mod

k sys k h = 24 10 6

0.8
1.0 1.0 = 14.769 10 6 Pa
1.3

395

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio according to formulae 6.11 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

m ,d
f m ,d

1 .0

Work ratio according to formulae 6.12 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

km

m ,d
f m ,d

1.0

Reference solution for serviceability limit state verification


The following limiting values for instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action), final deflection and net
deflection are considered:

winst (Q)

w fin

L
300

L
125

wnet , fin

L
200

For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (wc = 0). The effective values of deflections are the followings:

Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):

winst (Q) = 0.00749m winst (Q) =

Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - CCQ):

winst = d CQ = 0.00999m winst =

L
600.8
L
450.45

In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - CQP), the
deformation factor (kdef) has to be chosen:

k def = 0.6

(calculated value for service class 1, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)

wcreep = 0.6 d QP = 0.6 0.00475m = 0.00285m wcreep =

L
1578.95

Final deflection:

w fin = winst + wcreep = 0.00999m + 0.00285m = 0.01284m w fin =

Net deflection:

wnet , fin = w fin + wc = 0.01284m + 0m = 0.01284m wnet , fin =


Finite elements modeling

396

L
350.47

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

L
350.47

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio diagram


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Strength work ratio

14.9.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

m,d

Design bending stress [Pa]

7403906.25 Pa

Strength work ratio

Work ratio (6.11) [%]

50 %

winst (Q)

Deflection for a base variable action [m]

0.00749 m

dCQ

Deflection for a characteristic combination of actions [m]

0.00999 m

winst

Instantaneous deflection [m]

0.00999 m

kdef

Deformation coefficient

0.6

dQP

Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of actions [m]

0.00475 m

wfin

Final deflection [m]

0.01284 m

wnet,fin

Net deflection [m]

0.01284 m

14.9.3 Calculated results


Result name
Stress

Result description
Design bending stress

Value
7.40391e+006
Pa

Error
0.0000 %

Work ratio

Work ratio (6.11)

50.1306 %

0.0000 %

Deflection for a base variable action

0.00749224 m

0.0000 %

Deflection for a characteristic combination of actions

0.00998966 m

0.0000 %

Winst

Instantaneous deflection

0.00998966 m

0.0000 %

Kdef

Deformation coefficient

0.6 adim

0.0000 %

Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of actions

0.00474509 m

0.0000 %

Wfin

Final deflection

0.0128367 m

0.0000 %

Wnet,fin

Net deflection

0.0128367 m

0.0000 %

397

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.10 EC5: Verifying a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
Test ID: 4879
Test status: Passed

14.10.1Description
Verifies the stability of a rectangular timber purlin made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and axial
compression. The verification is made following the rules from Eurocode 5 French annex.

14.10.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 subjected to biaxial bending and
axial compression. The verification is made according to formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.

14.10.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E.4;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear;

Distance between adjacent purlins (span): d = 1.8 m.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: CULS = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S + 0.9 x W;
2
Loadings from the structure: G = 550 N/m ;
Snow load (structure is located at an altitude < 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m2;
Axial compression force due to wind effect on the supporting elements: W = 15000 N;
Uniformly distributed load corresponding to the ultimate limit state combination:
2
Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 2092.5 N/m .

All loads will be projected on the purlin direction since its slope is 30% (17).
Simply supported purlin subjected to loadings

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

398

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
Length: L = 3.50 m,
2
Section area: A = 0.02 m ,

Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, y:

Wy =

b h 2 0.1 0.20 2
=
= 0.000666m 3 ,
6
6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Elastic section modulus about the strong axis, z:

Wz =

b 2 h 0.12 0.20
=
= 0.000333m 3 .
6
6

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The followings characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 21 x 106 Pa,


6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
10
Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 10 Pa,
10
Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E0,05 = 0.74 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z = 0) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z;


Support at end point (z = 3.50) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The purlin is subjected to the following projected loadings (corresponding to the ultimate limit state combination):

External:
Axial compressive load: N =0.9 x W = 13500 N;
2
Uniformly distributed load (component about y axis): qy = Cmax x d x sin17 = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x sin17 =
1101.22 N/m,
2
Uniformly distributed load (component about z axis): qz = Cmax x d x cos17 = 2092.5 N/m x 1.8 m x cos17 =
3601.92 N/m,
Internal: None.

14.10.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber purlin subjected to combined stresses


In order to verify the stability of a timber purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression at ultimate limit
state, the formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before applying these formulae we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations like: slenderness ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability
factors. After this, well calculate the maximum work ratio for stability verification, which represents in fact the
reference solution.
Slenderness ratios
The slenderness ratios corresponding to bending about y and z axes are determined as follows:

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:

z = 12

m lg
lc
1 3.5m
= 12
= 12
= 121.24
0.1m
b
b

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:

y = 12

m lg
lc
1 3.5m
= 12
= 12
= 60.62
h
h
0.2m

399

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Relative slenderness ratios


The relative slenderness ratios are:

Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:

rel , z =

E0, 05

121.24

21 10 6 Pa
= 2.056
0.74 1010 Pa

Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis:

rel , y =

f c , 0,k

f c , 0,k
E0,05

60.62

21 10 6 Pa
= 1.028
0.74 1010 Pa

Maximum relative slenderness ratio:

rel ,max = max(rel , z , rel , y ) = 2.056

So there is a risk of buckling because rel,max 0.3.


Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)
The instability factors are:
kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z 0.3) + rel,z2] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)
ky = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,y 0.3) + rel,y2] (according to relation 6.27 from EN 1995-1-1)

k c,z =
kc, y =

1
k z + k z2 2rel , z
1
k y + k y2 2rel , y

(according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)

(according to relation 6.25 from EN 1995-1-1)

Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification


Before calculating the reference solution (the maximum work ratio for stability verification based on formulae (6.23)
and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1) it is necessary to determine the design compressive stress, the design compressive
strength, the design bending stress, the design bending strength and some parameters involved in calculations (kmod,
M, kh, ksys, km).

Design compressive stress (induced by the axial compressive load from the corresponding ULS combination,
N):
c,0,d =

Design bending stress about the y axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, qz):

m,y,d =

My
Wy

qz L
=
8 Wy

N
3.50 2 m 2
m
= 8.2814 10 6 Pa
8 0.000666m 3

3601.92

Design bending stress about the z axis (induced by uniformly distributed load, qy):

m,z,d =

400

N 13500 N
=
= 675000 Pa
A 0.02m 2

N
2
1101.22 3.50 2 m 2
M z qy L
m
=
=
= 5.0638 10 6 Pa
Wz
8 Wz
8 0.000333m 3

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Modification factor for duration of load (instantaneous action) and moisture content (service class 2):
kmod = 1.1 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties:


M = 1.3

Depth factor (the height of the cross section in bending is bigger than 150 mm):
kh = 1.0

System strength factor:


ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)

Design compressive strength:


fc,0,d =

f c , 0,k

= 21 10 6

1. 1
= 17.769 10 6 Pa
1. 3

Design bending strength:


fm,y,d = fm,z,d =

k mod

f m ,k

k mod

k sys k h = 24 10 6

1.1
1.0 1.0 = 20.308 10 6 Pa
1.3

Maximum work ratio for stability verification based on formulae (6.23) and (6.24) from EN 1995-1-1:

m, y ,d

c , 0,d
+
+ k m m, z ,d

f m, y ,d
f m, z ,d
k c , y f c , 0,d
max
1
c , 0,d + k m , y ,d + m , z ,d
m
k c , z f c , 0,d
f m , y ,d
f m, z ,d

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

401

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Instability factor, kcy


Simply supported purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
Kc,y

Instability factor, kcz


Simply supported purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
Kc,z

Maximum work ratio for stability verification


Simply supported purlin subjected to biaxial bending and axial compression
Work ratio [%]

14.10.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Kc,y

Instability factor, kc,y

0.67

Kc,z

Instability factor, kc,z

0.21

Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for stability verification [%]

71.1 %

14.10.3Calculated results
Result name
Kc,y

Result description
Instability factor, kc,y

Value
0.665025 adim

Error
0.0000 %

Kc,z

Instability factor, kc,z

0.212166 adim

0.0000 %

Work ratio

Maximum work ratio for stability verification

70.6586 %

-0.6208 %

402

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.11 EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to tensile forces


Test ID: 4693
Test status: Passed

14.11.1Description
Verifies the tensile resistance of a rectangular cross section column (fixed at base) made from solid timber C24.

14.11.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the tension resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24. The
verification is made according to formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.

14.11.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test A;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Column with fixed base

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.122 m,
Width: b = 0.036m,
Section area: A = 43.92 x 10-4 m2
-6
4
I = 5.4475 x 10 m .
403

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 1.1 x 1010 Pa,


6
Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: ft,0,k = 14 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:

Outer:
Fixed at base (z = 0),
Free at top (z = 5),

Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at z = 5: Fz = N = 10000 N,


Internal: None.

14.11.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to tension force


Reference solution
The reference solution is determined by formula (6.1) from EN 1995-1-1. Before applying this formula we need to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (kmod, M, kh). After this, the design tensile stress, the design
tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio are calculated.

Modification factor for duration of load and moisture content: kmod = 0.9

Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3


Depth factor (h represents the width, because the element is tensioned):

150 0.2

kh = min h
1.3

Design tensile stress (induced by the ultimate limit state force, N):
t,0,d =

Design tensile strength:


ft,0,d =

N
A

f t , 0,k

k mod

kh

Work ratio:
SFx =

t , 0,d
f t , 0,d

1.0

(according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Finite elements modeling

404

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio SFx diagram


Column with fixed base, subjected to tension force
Work ratio SFx

14.11.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

t,0,d

Design tensile stress [Pa]

2276867.03 Pa

SFx

Work ratio [%]

18 %

14.11.3Calculated results
Result name
Stress SFx
Work ratio

Result description
Design tensile stress
Work ratio

Value
2.27687e+006 Pa
18.0704 %

Error
0.0000 %
0.3911 %

405

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.12 EC5: Verifying a timber column subjected to compression forces


Test ID: 4823
Test status: Passed

14.12.1Description
Verifies the compressive resistance of a rectangular cross section column (hinged at base) made from solid timber
C18.

14.12.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of the compressive resistance for a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C18. The
verification is made according to formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 norm.

14.12.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test B;


Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);
Element type: linear.

Simply supported column

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Column cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.15 m,
Width: b = 0.10 m,
-3
2
Section area: A = 15.0 x 10 m

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C18 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

406

Longitudinal elastic modulus: E = 0.9 x 1010 Pa,

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Fifth percentile value of the modulus of elasticity parallel to the grain: E0,05 = 0.6 x 1010 Pa,
Characteristic compressive strength along the grain: fc,0,k = 18 x 106 Pa,
Service class 1.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions:

Outer:
Support at base (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,
Support at top (z = 3.2) restrained in translation along X, Y and restrained in rotation along Z.
Inner: None.

Loading
The column is subjected to the following loadings:

External: Point load at z = 3.2: Fz = N = -20000 N,


Internal: None.

14.12.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber column subjected to compression force


The formula (6.35) from EN 1995-1-1 is used in order to verify a timber column subjected to compression force.
Before applying this formula we need to determine some parameters involved in calculations, such as: slenderness
ratios, relative slenderness ratios, instability factors. After this, the reference solution is calculated. This includes: the
design compressive stress, the design compressive strength and the corresponding work ratio.
Slenderness ratios
The most important slenderness is calculated relative to the z axis, as it will be the axis of rotation if the column
buckles.

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:

z = 12

m lg
lc
1 3.2m
= 12
= 12
= 110.85
b
b
0.1m

Slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis (informative):

y = 12

m lg
lc
1 3.2m
= 12
= 12
= 73.9
h
h
0.15m

Relative slenderness ratios


The relative slenderness ratios are:

Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the z axis:

rel , z =

f c , 0,k
E0,05

m l g 12

f c , 0,k

E0,05

1 3.2m 12
0.1m

18 10 6 Pa
= 1.933
0.6 1010 Pa

Relative slenderness ratio corresponding to bending about the y axis (informative):

rel , y =

f c , 0,k
E0,05

m l g 12

f c , 0,k

E0,05

1 3.2m 12
0.15m

18 10 6 Pa
= 1.288
0.6 1010 Pa

So there is a risk of buckling, because rel,max 0.3.


Instability factors
In order to determine the instability factors we need to determine the c factor. It is a factor for solid timber members
within the straightness limits defined in Section 10 from EN 1995-1-1:
c = 0.2 (according to relation 6.29 from EN 1995-1-1)

407

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

The instability factors are:

kz = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,z 0.3) + rel,z2] (according to relation 6.28 from EN 1995-1-1)

ky = 0.5 [1 + c (rel,y 0.3) + rel,y2] (informative)

k c,z =

kc, y =

1
k z + k z2 2rel , z

(according to relation 6.26 from EN 1995-1-1)

(informative)

k y + k y2 2rel , y

Reference solution
Before calculating the reference solution (design compressive stress, design compressive strength and work ratio) we
need to determine some parameters involved in calculations (kmod, M).

Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties: M = 1.3


Design compressive stress (induced by the applied forces):
c,0,d =

Design compressive strength:


fc,0,d =

N
A

f c , 0,k

k mod

Work ratio:
Work ratio =

c , 0,d
k c , z f c , 0,d

Finite elements modeling

408

Linear element: S beam,


4 nodes,
1 linear element.

1.0

(according to relation 6.35 from EN 1995-1-1)

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Work ratio diagram


Simply supported column subjected to compression force
Work ratio

14.12.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

kc,z

Instability factor

0.2400246

kc,y

Instability factor (informative)

0.488869

c,0,d

Design compressive stress [Pa]

1333333 Pa

Work ratio

Work ratio [%]

50 %

14.12.3Calculated results
Result name
Kc,z

Result description
Instability factor

Value
0.240107 adim

Error
0.0000 %

Kc,y

Instability factor

0.488612 adim

0.0000 %

Stress SFx

Design compressive stress

1.33333e+006 Pa

0.0000 %

Work ratio

Work ratio

50.1319 %

0.2638 %

409

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.13 EC5: Verifying a timber beam subjected to combined bending and axial tension
Test ID: 4872
Test status: Passed

14.13.1Description
Verifies a rectangular cross section rafter made from solid timber C24 to resist combined bending and axial tension.
The verification of the cross-section subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, as well as the verification
of the deflections at serviceability limit state are performed.

14.13.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist simple bending and axial
tension. The verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is also performed.

14.13.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test E;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear;

Distance between adjacent rafters (span): d = 0.5 m.


The following load cases and load combination are used:
2

Loadings from the structure: G = 450 N/m ;

Snow load (structure is located at an altitude > 1000m above sea level): S = 900 N/m2;

The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x S = 1957.5 N/m2;

Characteristic combination of actions: CCQ = 1.0 x G + 1.0 x S;

Quasi-permanent combination of actions: CQP = 1.0 x G + 0.2 x S.


All loads will be projected on the rafter direction since its slope is 50% (26.6).

Simply supported rafter subjected to projected loadings

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Below are described the beam cross section characteristics:

410

Height: h = 0.20 m,
Width: b = 0.05 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
-3
2
Section area: A = 10 x 10 m ,

Elastic section modulus about the strong axis y:

Wy =

b h 2 0.05 0.20 2
=
= 0.000333m 3 .
6
6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic tensile strength along the grain: ft,0,k = 14 x 106 Pa,


6
Characteristic bending strength: fm,k = 24 x 10 Pa,
Service class 2.

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z.
Inner: None.

Loading
The rafter is subjected to the following projected loadings (at ultimate limit state):

External:
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d x cos26.6 = 1957.5 N/m2 x 0.5 m x cos26.6 = 875.15 N/m,
2
Tensile load component: N = Cmax x d x sin26.6 x L = 1957.5 N/m x 0.5m x sin26.6 x 5.00m =
= 2191.22 N
Internal: None.

14.13.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to combined stresses


In order to verify the timber beam subjected to combined stresses at ultimate limit state, the formulae (6.17) and
(6.18) from EN 1995-1-1 norm are used. Before using them, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, M,
kh, ksys, km, must be determined. After this the reference solution, which consists of the design tensile stress, the
design tensile strength and the corresponding work ratio and also the work ratios of the combined stresses, is
calculated.
A verification of the deflections at serviceability limit state is done. The verification is performed by comparing the
effective values with the limiting values for deflections specified in EN 1995-1-1 norm.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (the design tensile stress, the design tensile strength and the corresponding
work ratio, and also the work ratios of the combined stresses) it is necessary to determine some parameters involved
in calculations (kmod, M, kh, ksys, km).

Modification factor for duration of load (short term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.9 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties:


M = 1.3

Depth factor (h represents the width in millimeters because the element is tensioned):

150 0.2
150 0.2
1.25

= min 50 = min
= 1.25
kh = min h
1.3
1.3
1.3

System strength factor:


ksys = 1.0 (because several equally spaced similar members are subjected by an uniformly distributed load)

Factor considering re-distribution of bending stresses in a cross-section (for rectangular sections):


km = 0.7

Design tensile stress (induced by the ultimate limit state force, N):
t,0,d =

N
2191.22 N
=
= 219122 Pa
A 10 10 3 m 2

411

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Design tensile strength:

t , 0,d
f t , 0,d

(according to relation 6.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

My

6 q L2
=
=
Wy 8 b h 2

N
5.00 2 m 2
m
= 8.2045 10 6 Pa
8 0.05m 0.2 2 m 2

6 875.15

f m ,k

k mod

k sys k h = 24 10 6

0.9
1.0 1.0 = 16.615 10 6 Pa
1.3

Work ratio according to formulae 6.17 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

t , 0 ,d
f t , 0 ,d

1.0

Design bending strength:


fm,y,d =

0.9
1.25 = 12.115 10 6 Pa
1.3

Design bending stress (induced by the applied forces):

m,y,d =

k h = 14 10 6

Work ratio:
SFx =

k mod

f t , 0,k

ft,0,d =

m , y ,d
f m , y ,d

+ km

m , z ,d
f m , z ,d

Work ratio according to formulae 6.18 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

t , 0 ,d
f t , 0 ,d

+ km

m , y ,d
f m , y ,d

m , z ,d
f m , z ,d

Reference solution for serviceability limit state verification


The following limiting values for instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action), final deflection and net
deflection are considered:

winst (Q)

w fin

L
300

L
125

wnet , fin

L
200

For the analyzed beam, no pre-camber is considered (wc = 0). The effective values of deflections are:

Instantaneous deflection (for a base variable action):

winst (Q) = 0.00914m winst (Q) =

Instantaneous deflection (calculated for a characteristic combination of actions - CCQ):

winst = d CQ = 0.01371m winst =

L
547.05

L
364.7

In order to determine the creep deflection (calculated for a quasi-permanent combination of actions - CQP), the
deformation factor (kdef) has to be chosen:

k def = 0.8

(value determined for service class 2, according to table 3.2 from EN 1995-1-1)

wcreep = 0.8 d QP = 0.8 0.0064m = 0.00512m wcreep =


412

L
976.6

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Final deflection:

w fin = winst + wcreep = 0.01371m + 0.00512m = 0.01883m w fin =

L
265.5

Net deflection:

wnet , fin = w fin + wc = 0.01883m + 0m = 0.01883m wnet , fin =

L
265.5

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

SFx work ratio diagram


Simply supported beam subjected to tensile forces
Work ratio SFx

Strength work ratio diagram


Simply supported beam subjected to combined stresses
Strength work ratio

Instantaneous deflection winst(Q)


Simply supported beam subjected to snow loads
Instantaneous deflection winst(Q) [m]

Instantaneous deflection winst(CQ)


Simply supported beam subjected to a characteristic load combination of actions
Instantaneous deflection winst(CQ) [m]

413

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Final deflection wfin


Simply supported beam subjected to characteristic load combination of actions
Instantaneous deflection winst(CQ) [m]

Net deflection wnet,fin


Simply supported beam subjected to characteristic load combination of actions
Instantaneous deflection winst(CQ) [m]

14.13.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

SFx

SFx work ratio [%]

1.808 %

Strength work ratio

Work ratio (6.17) [%]

51.19 %

winst (Q)

Deflection for a base variable action [m]

0.00914 m

dCQ

Deflection for a characteristic combination of actions [m]

0.01371 m

winst

Instantaneous deflection [m]

0.01371 m

kdef

Deformation coefficient

0.8

dQP

Deflection for a quasi-permanent combination of actions [m]

0.0064 m

wfin

Final deflection [m]

0.01883 m

wnet,fin

Net deflection [m]

0.01883 m

14.13.3Calculated results
Result name
Work ratio SFx

Result description
SFx work ratio

Value
1.81483 %

Error
0.3778 %

Work ratio

Strength work ratio

51.1941 %

0.0000 %

w_inst(Q)

0.00914038 m

0.0000 %

deflection for a characteristic combination

0.0137106 m

0.0000 %

Winst

instantaneous deflection

0.0137105 m

0.0000 %

Kdef

deformation coefficient

0.8 adim

0.0000 %

deformation for a quasi-permanent combination

0.00639828 m

0.0000 %

Wfin

final deflection

0.0188291 m

0.0000 %

Wnet,fin

net final deflection

0.0188291 m

0.0000 %

414

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.14 EC5: Verifying a C24 timber beam subjected to shear force


Test ID: 5036
Test status: Passed

14.14.1Description
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.

14.14.2Background
Verifies the adequacy of a rectangular cross section made from solid timber C24 to resist shear. The verification of
the shear stresses at ultimate limit state is performed.

14.14.2.1Model description

Reference: Guide de validation Eurocode 5, test D;

Analysis type: static linear (plane problem);

Element type: linear.


The following load cases and load combination are used:

Loadings from the structure: G = 0.5 kN/m2,


Exploitation loadings (category A): Q = 1.5 kN/m2,
2
The ultimate limit state (ULS) combination is: Cmax = 1.35 x G + 1.5 x Q = 2.925 kN/m

Simply supported beam

Units
Metric System
Geometry
Beam cross section characteristics:

Height: h = 0.225 m,
Width: b = 0.075 m,
Length: L = 5.00 m,
Distance between adjacent beams (span): d = 0.5 m,
-3
2
Section area: A = 16.875 x 10 m ,

Materials properties
Rectangular solid timber C24 is used. The following characteristics are used in relation to this material:

Characteristic shear strength: fv,k = 2.5 x 106 Pa,


Service class 1.

415

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Boundary conditions
The boundary conditions are described below:

Outer:

Support at start point (z=0) restrained in translation along X, Y and Z,


Support at end point (z = 5.00) restrained in translation along X, Y, Z and restrained in rotation along X.
Inner: None.

Loading
The beam is subjected to the following loadings:

External:
2
Uniformly distributed load: q = Cmax x d = 2.925 kN/m x 0.5 m = 1.4625 kN/m,
Internal: None.

14.14.2.2Reference results in calculating the timber beam subjected to uniformly distributed loads
In order to verify the timber beam shear stresses at ultimate limit state, the formula (6.13) from EN 1995-1-1 norm is
used. Before using it, some parameters involved in calculations, like kmod, kcr, M, kf, beff, heff, have to be determined.
After this the reference solution, which includes the design shear stress about the principal y axis, the design shear
strength and the corresponding work ratios, is calculated.
Reference solution for ultimate limit state verification
Before calculating the reference solution (design shear stress, design shear strength and work ratio) it is necessary to
determine some parameters involved in calculations (kmod, M, kcr, kf, beff, heff).

Modification factor for duration of load (medium term) and moisture content:
kmod = 0.8 (according to table 3.1 from EN 1995-1-1)

Partial factor for material properties:


M = 1.3

Cracking factor, kcr :


kcr = 0.67 (for solid timber)

Factor depending on the shape of the cross section, kf:


kf = 3/2 (for a rectangular cross section)

Effective width, beff:


beff = kcr x b = 0.67 x 0.075m = 0.05025m

Effective height, heff:


heff = h = 0.225m

Design shear stress (induced by the applied forces):

d =

f v ,k

k mod

= 2.5 10 6 Pa

0.8
= 1.538 10 6 Pa
1.3

Work ratio according to formulae 6.13 from EN 1995-1-1 norm:

f v ,d

416

beff heff

3
3656.25 N
2
=
= 0.485075 10 6 Pa
0.05025m 0.225m

Design shear strength:


fv,d =

k f Fv ,d

1.0

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

Finite elements modeling

Linear element: S beam,


6 nodes,
1 linear element.

Shear force, Fz, diagram


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Shear force diagram [N]

Design shear stress diagram


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Design shear stress [Pa]

Shear strength work ratio diagram


Simply supported beam subjected to bending
Work ratio S_d [%]

417

ADVANCE DESIGN VALIDATION GUIDE

14.14.2.3Reference results
Result name

Result description

Reference value

Fz

Shear force [kN]

3.65625 kN

Stress S_d

Design shear stress [Pa]

485074.63 Pa

Work ratio S_d

Shear work ratio (6.13) [%]

32 %

14.14.3Calculated results
Result name
Fz

Result description
Shear force

Value
-3.65625 kN

Error
0.0000 %

Stress S_d

Design shear stress

485075 Pa

0.0001 %

Working ratio S_d

Shear strength work ratio

31.5299 %

-1.4691 %

418

031516-0409-0622

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi